Mindray BS-120 Chemistry Analyzer Operator’s Manual

BS-120 Chemistry Analyzer

Operator’s Manual

© 2007-2010 Shenzhen Mindray Bio-Medical Electronics Co., Ltd. All rights

Reserved.

For this Operator’s Manual, the issue date is 2010-04.

Intellectual Property Statement

SHENZHEN MINDRAY BIO-MEDICAL ELECTRONICS CO., LTD. (hereinafter called

Mindray) owns the intellectual property rights to this Mindray product and this manual. This manual may refer to information protected by copyright or patents and does not convey any license under the patent rights or copyright of Mindray, or of others.

Mindray intends to maintain the contents of this manual as confidential information.

Disclosure of the information in this manual in any manner whatsoever without the written permission of Mindray is strictly forbidden.

Release, amendment, reproduction, distribution, rental, adaptation, translation or any other derivative work of this manual in any manner whatsoever without the written permission of Mindray is strictly forbidden.

, , , , BeneView,

WATO, BeneHeart, are the trademarks, registered or otherwise, of Mindray in

China and other countries. All other trademarks that appear in this manual are used only for informational or editorial purposes. They are the property of their respective owners.

Responsibility on the Manufacturer Party

Contents of this manual are subject to change without prior notice.

All information contained in this manual is believed to be correct. Mindray shall not be liable for errors contained herein or for incidental or consequential damages in connection with the furnishing, performance, or use of this manual.

Mindray is responsible for the effects on safety, reliability and performance of this product, only if:

„ all installation operations, expansions, changes, modifications and repairs of this product are conducted by Mindray authorized personnel;

„ the electrical installation of the relevant room complies with the applicable national and local requirements; and

„ the product is used in accordance with the instructions for use.

i

WARNING:

It is important for the hospital or organization that employs this equipment to carry out a reasonable service/maintenance plan.

Neglect of this may result in machine breakdown or personal injury.

NOTE:

This equipment must be operated by skilled/trained clinical professionals.

Warranty

THIS WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES,

EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY

OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

Exemptions

Mindray's obligation or liability under this warranty does not include any transportation or other charges or liability for direct, indirect or consequential damages or delay resulting from the improper use or application of the product or the use of parts or accessories not approved by Mindray or repairs by people other than

Mindray authorized personnel.

This warranty shall not extend to:

„ Malfunction or damage caused by improper use or man-made failure.

„ Malfunction or damage caused by unstable or out-of-range power input.

„ Malfunction or damage caused by force majeure such as fire and earthquake.

„ Malfunction or damage caused by improper operation or repair by unqualified or

„ unauthorized service people.

„ Malfunction of the instrument or part whose serial number is not legible enough.

„ Others not caused by instrument or part itself.

Company Contact

Manufacturer: Shenzhen Mindray Bio-Medical Electronics Co., Ltd.

E-mail Address:

[email protected]

Tel:

+86 755 26582479 26582888

Fax:

+86 755 26582934 26582500

Address:

Tel:

Fax:

Eiffestraβe 80, Hamburg 20537, Germany

0049-40-2513175

0049-40-255726

ii

Foreword

Before using the Chemistry Analyzer, please read this operation manual thoroughly and understand it for best performance.

Please keep this manual properly for convenient use.

Who Should Read This Manual

This manual is geared for clinical professionals to:

„ Perform daily operating tasks;

„ Maintain and troubleshoot the system;

„ Learn about the hardware and software.

WARNING

The system is to be operated only by clinical professionals, doctors or laboratory experimenters trained by our company or our authorized distributors.

What Can You Find in This Manual

This manual covers principles, basic operating instructions, maintenance and troubleshooting guidelines of the system. Please operate and troubleshoot the system strictly as instructed by this manual.

Conventions Used in This Manual

Safety Symbols

This chart explains the symbols used in this manual.

When you see…

WARNING

BIOHAZARD

CAUTION

Then…

Read the statement following the symbol. The statement is alerting you to an operating hazard that can cause personal injury.

Read the statement following the symbol. The statement is alerting you to a potentially biohazardous condition.

Read the statement following the symbol. The statement is alerting you to a possibility of system damage or unreliable results.

Foreword 1

2

When you see…

NOTE

Then…

Read the statement following the symbol. The statement is alerting you to information that requires your attention.

Labels Used On the System

The labels attached to the panels of the system use symbols to clarify the meaning of the text. If any of the labels becomes vague or peels off, contact our customer service department or your local distributor for replacement. The chart below explains the symbols on the labels.

Serial Number

Date of Manufacture

Manufacturer

CE marking. The device is fully in conformity with the

Council Directive Concerning In Vitro Diagnostic

Medical Devices 98/79/EC.

Authorized Representative in the European Community

The following definition of the WEEE label applies to EU member states only: The use of this symbol indicates that this product should not be treated as household waste. By ensuring that this product is disposed of correctly, you will help prevent bringing potential negative consequences to the environment and human health. For more detailed information with regard to returning and recycling this product, please consult the distributor from whom you purchased the product.

In Vitro diagnostic equipment

Biohazard warning: Risk of potentially biohazardous infection

Warning: Risk of personal injury or equipment damage

Warning: Risk of burn

ON (Main Power)

OFF (Main Power)

ON (Power)

OFF (Power)

Foreword

Serial communication port

Protective ground terminal

Graphics

All graphics, including screens and printout, are for illustration purposes only and must not be used for any other purpose.

Special Terminology

In this operation manual, “Sample Probe” refers to the same object as the “Reagent

Probe” does. When introducing software operations, we call the probe “Sample

Probe” for sample aspiration/dispensing and “Reagent Probe” for reagent aspiration/dispensing.

In this operation manual, “Sample/Reagent Disk” refers to the same object as the

“Sample Disk” and “Reagent Disk” does. When introducing software operations, we call the disk “Sample Disk” for sample aspiration/dispensing and “Reagent Disk” for reagent aspiration/dispensing.

Foreword 3

Safety Precautions

Observe the following safety precautions when using the Chemistry Analyzer.

Ignoring any of these safety precautions may lead to personal injury or equipment damage.

WARNING

If the system is used in a manner not specified by our company, the protection provided by the system may be impaired.

Preventing Electric Shock

Please observe the following instructions to prevent electric shock.

WARNING

When the Main Power is on, you must not open the rear cover or side cover.

Spillage of reagent or sample on the analyzer may cause equipment failure and even electric shock. Do not place sample and reagent on the analyzer. In case of spillage, switch off the power immediately, remove the spillage and contact our customer service department or your local distributor.

Preventing Personal Injury Caused by Moving Parts

Please observe the following instructions to prevent personal injury caused by moving parts.

WARNING

Do not touch such moving parts as sample probe and mixer, when the system is in operation.

Do not put your finger or hand into any open part when the system is in operation.

4 Foreword

Preventing Personal Injury Caused by Photometer Lamp

Please observe the following instructions to prevent personal injury caused by photometer lamp.

WARNING

Light sent by the photometer lamp may hurt your eyes. Do not stare into the lamp when the system is in operation.

If you want to replace the photometer lamp, first switch off the Main

Power and then wait at least 15 minutes for the lamp to cool down before touching it. Do not touch the lamp before it cools down, or you may get burned.

Preventing Infection

Please observe the following instructions to protect against the biohazardous infection.

BIOHAZARD

Inappropriately handling samples, controls and calibrators may lead to biohazardous infection. Do not touch the sample, mixture or waste with your hands. Wear gloves and lab coat and, if necessary, goggles.

In case your skin contacts the sample, control or calibrator, follow standard laboratory safety procedure and consult a doctor.

Handling Reagents and Wash Solution

Please observe the following instructions to protect against the chemical hazard.

WARNING

Reagents and wash solution may hurt human skins. Exercise caution when using the reagents and wash solution. In case your skin or clothes contact them, wash them off with soap and clean water. In case the reagents or wash solution spill into your eyes, rinse them with much water and consult an oculist.

Foreword 5

Treating Waste Liquids

Please observe the following instructions to prevent environmental pollution and personal injury caused by waste.

BIOHAZARD

Some substances in reagent, control, wash solution and waste are subject to regulations of contamination and disposal. Dispose of them in accordance with your local or national guidelines for biohazard waste disposal and consult the manufacturer or distributor of the reagents for details.

Wear gloves and lab coat and, if necessary, goggles.

Treating Waste Analyzer

Please observe the following instructions to dispose of the waste analyzer.

WARNING

Materials of the analyzer are subject to contamination regulations.

Dispose of the waste analyzer in accordance with your local or national guidelines for waste disposal.

Preventing Fire or Explosion

Please observe the following instructions to prevent fire and explosion.

WARNING

Ethanol is flammable substance. Please exercise caution while using the ethanol.

6 Foreword

Precautions on Use

To use the Chemistry Analyzer safely and efficiently, please pay much attention to the following operation notes.

Intended Use

WARNING

The system is an automated chemistry analyzer for in vitro diagnostic use in clinical laboratories. The analyzer is designed for the in vitro quantitative determination of clinical chemistries in serum, plasma, urine or cerebral spinal fluid samples.

To draw a clinical conclusion, please also refer to the patient’s clinical symptoms and other test results.

Operator

WARNING

The system is to be operated only by clinical professionals, doctors or laboratory experimenters trained by our company or our authorized distributors.

Environment

CAUTION

The electromagnetic environment should be evaluated prior to operation of the device.

Please install and operate the system in an environment specified by this manual. Installing and operating the system in other environment may lead to unreliable results and even equipment damage.

To relocate the system, please contact our customer service department or your local distributor.

Foreword 7

Preventing Interference by Electromagnetic Noise

CAUTION

Electromagnetic noise may interfere with operations of the system. Do not install devices generating excessive electromagnetic noise around the system. Do not use such devices as mobile phones or radio transmitters in the room housing the system. Do not use other CRT displays around the system.

Do not use other medical instruments around the system that may generate electromagnetic noise to interfere with their operations.

Do not use this device in close proximity to sources of strong electromagnetic radiation (e.g. mobile phones or radio transmitters), as these may interfere with the proper operation.

The electromagnetic environment should be evaluated prior to operation of the device.

Operating the System

CAUTION

Operate the system strictly as instructed by this manual. Inappropriate use of the system may lead to unreliable test results or even equipment damage or personal injury.

Before using the system for the first time, run the calibration program and QC program to make sure the system is in normal status.

Be sure to run the QC program every time you use the system, otherwise the result may be unreliable.

Do not open the covers of the sample/reagent disk cover when the system is in operation.

The RS-232 port on the analyzing unit is to be used for connection with the operation unit only. Do not use it for other connections. Only use the supplied cable for the connection.

The operation unit is a personal computer with the operating software installed. Installing other software or hardware on this computer may interfere with the system operation. Do not run other software when the system is working.

Computer virus may destroy the operating software or test data. Do not use this computer for other purposes or connect it to the Internet.

Do not touch the display, mouse or keyboard with wet hands or hands with chemicals.

Do not place the Main Power to ON again within 10 seconds since placing it to OFF; otherwise the system may enter protection status. If it does so, switch off the Main Power and switch it on again.

Discard the cuvette after use. Do not use it again.

8 Foreword

Maintaining the System

CAUTION

Maintain the system strictly as instructed by this manual. Inappropriate maintenance may lead to unreliable results, or even equipment damage and personal injury.

Dust may accumulate on the system surface when the system is exposed to the outside for a long time. To wipe off dust from the system surface, use a soft, clean and wet (not too wet) cloth, soaked with mild soap solution if necessary, to clean the surface. Do not use such organic solvents as ethanol for cleaning. After cleaning, wipe the surface with dry cloth.

Switch off all the powers and unplug the power cord before cleaning.

Take necessary measures to prevent water ingression into the system, otherwise it may lead to equipment damage or personal injury.

Replacement of such major parts as lamp, photometer, sample probe, mixer and syringe plunger assembly must be followed by a calibration.

Replacement of lamp must be done after the power has been placed to off for at least 15 minutes.

Samples

CAUTION

Use samples that are completely free of insoluble substances like fibrin, or suspended matter; otherwise the probe may be blocked.

Medicines, anticoagulants or preservative in the samples may lead to unreliable results.

Hemolysis, icterus or lipemia in the samples may lead to unreliable test results, so a sample blank is recommended.

Store the samples properly. Improper storage may change the compositions of the samples and lead to unreliable results.

Sample volatilization may lead to unreliable results. Do not leave the sample open for a long period.

Some samples may not be analyzed on the system based on parameters the reagents claim capable of testing. Consult the reagent manufacturer or distributor for details.

Certain samples need to be processed before being analyzed by the system. Consult the reagent manufacturer or distributor for details.

The system has specific requirements on the sample volume. Refer to this manual for details.

Load the sample to correct position on the sample disk before the analysis begins; otherwise you will not obtain correct results.

Foreword 9

Reagents, Calibrators and Controls

CAUTION

Use appropriate reagents, calibrators and controls on the system.

Select appropriate reagents according to performance characteristic of the system. Consult the reagent suppliers, our company or our authorized distributor for details, if you are not sure about your reagent choice.

Store and use reagents, calibrators and controls strictly as instructed by the suppliers. Otherwise, you may not obtain reliable results or best performance of the system.

Improper storage of reagents, calibrators and controls may lead to unreliable results and bad performance of the system even in validity period.

Perform a calibration and quality control after changing reagents.

Otherwise, you may not obtain reliable results.

Carryover among reagents may lead to unreliable test results. Consult the reagent manufacturer or distributor for details.

Setting up the System

CAUTION

To define such parameters as sample volume, reagent volume and wavelength, follow the instructions in this manual and the package insert of the reagents.

Backing up Data

NOTE

The system can automatically store data to the built-in hard disk of the

PC. However, data loss is still possible due to mis-deletion or physical damage of the hard disk. We recommend you to regularly back up the data to portable storage device.

Computer and Printer

NOTE

Refer to the operation manuals of computer and printer for details.

10 Foreword

External Equipment

WARNING

External equipment connected to the analogue and digital interfaces must be complied with the relevant Safety and EMC standards (e.g.,

IEC 60950 Safety of Information Technology Equipment Standard and

CISPR 22 EMC of Information Technology Equipment Standard

(CLASS B)). Any person, who connects additional equipment to the signal input or output ports and configures an IVD system, is responsible for ensuring that the system work normally and complies with the safety and EMC requirements. If you have any problem, consult the technical services department of your local representative.

Foreword 11

12 Foreword

Contents

Intellectual Property Statement............................................................................................ i

Responsibility on the Manufacturer Party............................................................................ i

Warranty ..............................................................................................................................ii

Foreword ...................................................................................................................................... 1

1

2

3

Safety Precautions ............................................................................................................. 4

Precautions on Use ............................................................................................................ 7

System Description ....................................................................................................... 1-1

1.1

Hardware Introduction .......................................................................................... 1-1

1.1.1

Analyzing Unit.......................................................................................... 1-1

1.1.2

Operation Unit.......................................................................................... 1-8

1.1.3

Output Unit............................................................................................... 1-8

1.2

Software Introduction............................................................................................ 1-8

1.2.1

Software Interface.................................................................................... 1-8

1.2.2

Screen Elements ..................................................................................... 1-9

Installation...................................................................................................................... 2-1

2.1

Unpacking............................................................................................................. 2-1

2.2

Installation Requirements ..................................................................................... 2-1

2.2.1

Environmental Requirements .................................................................. 2-2

2.2.2

Power Requirements ............................................................................... 2-2

2.2.3

Temperature and Humidity Requirements ............................................... 2-2

2.2.4

Water Supply and Drain Requirements ................................................... 2-3

2.2.5

Space and Accessibility Requirements.................................................... 2-3

2.3

Connecting Deionized Water Tank ....................................................................... 2-4

2.4

Connecting Waste Tank........................................................................................ 2-5

2.5

Installing/Removing Sample/Reagent Disk ..........................................................2-5

2.6

Installing/Removing Sample Tubes ...................................................................... 2-6

2.7

Installing/Removing Sample Tube Rack............................................................... 2-7

2.8

Installing/Removing Reagent Bottles.................................................................... 2-8

2.9

Installing/Removing Cuvettes ............................................................................... 2-8

2.10

Installing/Removing ISE Components (Optional).............................................. 2-9

2.10.1

Installing/Removing Reagent Pack........................................................ 2-9

2.10.2

Installing/Removing Electrodes ........................................................... 2-11

Basic Operations ........................................................................................................... 3-1

3.1

General Operating Procedure .............................................................................. 3-2

3.2

Preparing for Analysis........................................................................................... 3-3

3.2.1

Checking before Powering On................................................................. 3-3

3.2.2

Powering On ............................................................................................ 3-4

Contents I

4

II

3.2.3

Starting the Operating Software............................................................... 3-4

3.2.4

Setting up the Analyzer............................................................................ 3-5

3.2.5

Preparing Reagents.................................................................................3-6

3.3

Starting Analysis ................................................................................................... 3-6

3.3.1

Programming Reagent Blank .................................................................. 3-6

3.3.2

Programming Calibrators......................................................................... 3-7

3.3.3

Programming Controls............................................................................. 3-7

3.3.4

Programming Samples ............................................................................ 3-7

3.4

Processing Results ............................................................................................... 3-8

3.4.1

Editing Test Results ................................................................................. 3-8

3.4.2

Printing Test Results ................................................................................ 3-8

3.5

Finishing Analysis ................................................................................................. 3-8

3.5.1

Exiting the Operating Software................................................................ 3-8

3.5.2

Powering Off ............................................................................................ 3-8

3.5.3

Operations after Powering Off ................................................................. 3-9

Advanced Operations ................................................................................................... 4-1

4.1

Sample Request ................................................................................................... 4-1

4.1.1

Sample Information.................................................................................. 4-4

4.1.2

Delete a Sample ...................................................................................... 4-7

4.1.3

Change Position ...................................................................................... 4-8

4.1.4

Requesting Samples or Modifying Information........................................ 4-9

4.1.5

Download Sample Information ................................................................ 4-9

4.2

QC Request ........................................................................................................ 4-10

4.3

Start..................................................................................................................... 4-13

4.4

Probe Stop .......................................................................................................... 4-14

4.5

Stop..................................................................................................................... 4-15

4.6

Results................................................................................................................ 4-16

4.6.1

Current Results...................................................................................... 4-16

4.6.2

Historical Results ................................................................................... 4-18

4.7

Replace............................................................................................................... 4-34

4.8

Relog .................................................................................................................. 4-36

4.9

Exit...................................................................................................................... 4-37

4.10

Reagent........................................................................................................... 4-38

4.11

Calibration ....................................................................................................... 4-39

4.11.1

Calibration Request ............................................................................. 4-39

4.11.2

Results ................................................................................................. 4-42

4.11.3

Calibrator.............................................................................................. 4-50

4.11.4

ISE ....................................................................................................... 4-52

4.12

QC................................................................................................................... 4-54

4.12.1

Real-time QC ....................................................................................... 4-54

4.12.2

Daily QC .............................................................................................. 4-55

4.12.3

Day to Day QC..................................................................................... 4-58

4.12.4

Control ................................................................................................. 4-61

4.12.5

QC Summary ....................................................................................... 4-63

4.13

Status .............................................................................................................. 4-66

4.13.1

Sample Disk......................................................................................... 4-66

4.13.2

Reagent Disk ....................................................................................... 4-68

Contents

5

4.13.3

Reaction Disk....................................................................................... 4-72

4.14

Statistics .......................................................................................................... 4-73

4.14.1

Worklist ................................................................................................ 4-73

4.14.2

Results ................................................................................................. 4-74

4.14.3

Workload.............................................................................................. 4-76

4.14.4

Charges ............................................................................................... 4-79

4.15

Parameters...................................................................................................... 4-81

4.15.1

Test ...................................................................................................... 4-81

4.15.2

ISE ....................................................................................................... 4-92

4.15.3

Profile................................................................................................... 4-93

4.15.4

Calculation ........................................................................................... 4-94

4.15.5

Off-system............................................................................................ 4-96

4.15.6

Carryover ............................................................................................. 4-98

4.16

Setup............................................................................................................... 4-99

4.16.1

System............................................................................................... 4-100

4.16.2

Hospital.............................................................................................. 4-111

4.16.3

User ................................................................................................... 4-112

4.16.4

Print.................................................................................................... 4-115

4.17

Maintenance.................................................................................................. 4-118

4.17.1

Daily Maintenance ............................................................................. 4-118

4.17.2

ISE ..................................................................................................... 4-119

4.17.3

Log..................................................................................................... 4-122

4.17.4

Import/Export ..................................................................................... 4-125

4.17.5

Alignment........................................................................................... 4-128

Service and Maintenance.............................................................................................. 5-1

5.1

Preparation ........................................................................................................... 5-2

5.1.1

Tools......................................................................................................... 5-2

5.1.2

Wash Solution.......................................................................................... 5-2

5.1.3

Others ...................................................................................................... 5-2

5.2

Daily Maintenance ................................................................................................ 5-3

5.2.1

Checking Remaining Deionized Water.................................................... 5-3

5.2.2

Emptying Waste Tank .............................................................................. 5-3

5.2.3

Checking Connection of Deionized Water............................................... 5-4

5.2.4

Checking Connection of Waste Water..................................................... 5-5

5.2.5

Checking Syringe..................................................................................... 5-5

5.2.6

Checking Probe ....................................................................................... 5-7

5.2.7

Checking Mixing Bar................................................................................ 5-7

5.2.8

ISE Unit (optional).................................................................................... 5-8

5.3

Weekly Maintenance ............................................................................................ 5-9

5.3.1

Cleaning Probe ........................................................................................ 5-9

5.3.2

Cleaning Mixing Bar............................................................................... 5-12

5.3.3

Washing Deionized Water Tank............................................................. 5-13

5.3.4

Washing Waste Tank ............................................................................. 5-13

5.3.5

Cleaning Sample/Reagent Compartment.............................................. 5-14

5.3.6

Cleaning Panel of Analyzing Unit .......................................................... 5-15

5.4

Monthly Maintenance.......................................................................................... 5-15

5.4.1

Cleaning Wash Well of Probe................................................................ 5-15

5.4.2

Cleaning Wash Well of Mixing Bar ........................................................ 5-15

Contents III

6

5.5

Six-month Maintenance...................................................................................... 5-16

5.5.1

Washing Dust Screen ............................................................................ 5-16

5.5.2

Replacing Filter Assemby ...................................................................... 5-17

5.6

Irregular Maintenance......................................................................................... 5-18

5.6.1

Unclogging Probe .................................................................................. 5-18

5.6.2

Replacing Probe .................................................................................... 5-23

5.6.3

Replacing Mixing Bar............................................................................. 5-23

5.6.4

Replacing Plunger Assembly of Syringe................................................ 5-25

5.6.5

Removing Air Bubbles ........................................................................... 5-27

5.6.6

Replacing Lamp..................................................................................... 5-28

5.6.7

Replacing ISE Components (Optional).................................................. 5-31

5.7

Maintenance Log Sheets.................................................................................... 5-32

Troubleshooting ............................................................................................................ 6-1

6.1

Classification of Error Messages .......................................................................... 6-1

6.2

Corrective Measures............................................................................................. 6-5

7 Caculation Methods ...................................................................................................... 7-1

7.1

Reaction Types ..................................................................................................... 7-1

7.1.1

Endpoint................................................................................................... 7-1

7.1.2

Fixed-Time ............................................................................................... 7-2

7.1.3

Kinetic ...................................................................................................... 7-3

7.2

Calculation Process.............................................................................................. 7-4

7.2.1

Calculating Absorbance........................................................................... 7-5

7.2.2

Calculating Response.............................................................................. 7-6

7.2.3

Calculating Calibration Parameters ......................................................... 7-8

7.2.4

Calculating Concentration...................................................................... 7-11

7.2.5

QC Rule ................................................................................................. 7-13

7.3

Westgard Multi-rule............................................................................................. 7-13

7.4

Calculation Method of ISE Unit (optional)........................................................... 7-14

Appendix A System Specifications ................................................................................... A-1

Appendix B Supplies .......................................................................................................... B-1

Appendix C Index................................................................................................................ C-1

IV Contents

1

System Description

This chapter describes the structure and screen operations of the Chemistry

Analyzer.

The system is an automated chemistry analyzer for in vitro diagnostic use in clinical laboratories. The analyzer is designed for the in vitro quantitative determination of clinical chemistries in serum, plasma, urine or cerebral spinal fluid samples.

NOTE

Some samples may not be analyzed on the system based on parameters the reagents claim capable of testing. Consult the reagent manufacturer or distributor for details.

1.1 Hardware Introduction

The Chemistry Analyzer consists of the analyzing unit (analyzer), operation unit (PC), output unit (printer), accessories and consumables.

The analyzing unit consists of the following major parts:

„ Sample/reagent

„

Disk

„ Mixer

„ Reaction

„ Photometric

„ ISE

1 System Description 1-1

Figure 1-1 Analyzing Unit

Figure 1-2 Rear View and Right View

1.1.1.1 Sample/Reagent Disk

The sample/reagent disk holds sample tubes and reagent bottles.

1-2 1 System Description

Figure 1-3 Sample/Reagent Disk

Sample/reagent Disk

Samples and reagents share one disk, which provides 8 positions for samples and

28 positions for reagents. Moreover, No.35 is used to accommodate wash solution and No.36 to accommodate distilled water. If the system is equipped with an ISE module, No.33 is used to hold ISE cleaning solution and No.34 to hold urine diluent.

NOTE

We recommend you to use the following wash slolution:

Acid: 0.1mol/l hydrochloric acid; Alkaline: javel water with 0.5% active chlorine.

You should dilute the sodium hypochlorite solution at appropriate ratio according to the available chlorine contained in it.

The sample disk can hold the following sample tubes

„ Microtube:

„ Blood collecting tube:

Φ 12×68.5mm, Φ 12×99mm, Φ 12.7×75mm,

Φ 12.7×100mm, Φ 13×75mm, Φ 13×100mm;

„

Plastic tube:

Φ 13×75mm, Φ 13×100mm.

The reagent disk can only hold our bottles, which are available in two types, 40ml and 20ml.

The sample/reagent disk is located in a compartment, which has a refrigerator function to keep the temperature at 4-15℃.

1 System Description 1-3

CAUTION

Make sure the disk cover is closed; otherwise it may degrade the refrigeration and damage the probe.

Before running the analyzing unit, make sure that the disk cover is closed properly. Otherwise the probe may be damaged.

Do not use sample tubes and reagent bottles other than the specified ones.

NOTE

The refrigerator will be put into service once the Main Power is turned on.

1.1.1.2 Dispenser

The dispenser, composed of a probe, probe arm and rotor, is used to aspirate certain amount of sample or reagent from the designated sample tube or reagent bottle and then dispense it into the specified reaction cuvette on the reaction disk.

After dispensing the sample or the reagent, the probe moves to its wash well for cleaning.

Figure 1-4 Dispenser

1-4

„ Sample volume: 3μl-45μl in the increment of 0.5μl.

„ Reagent volume: 30μl-450μl in the increment of 1μl.

The dispenser is capable of preheating the reagents, detecting the sample/reagent level, tracking sample/reagent level and protecting the probe against collision in the vertical direction.

1 System Description

WARNING

When the analyzing unit is in operation, do not place any part of your body or any obstacle in the route the arm moves. Otherwise, it may lead to personnel injury or equipment damage.

1.1.1.3 Mixer Assembly

The mixer assembly, composed of a mixing bar, arm and rotor, is used to stir the reaction liquid(samples and reagents) in reaction cuvette, so that the samples can react thoroughly with the reagents.

Figure 1-5 Mixer Assembly

„ For single-reagent tests, the mixing bar starts to work after sample is dispensed into the cuvette.

„ For double-reagent tests, the mixing bar starts to work after the sample or the second reagent(R2) is dispensed into the cuvette.

When stirring is finished, the mixing bar rotates automatically to its wash well for cleaning.

1.1.1.4 Reaction Disk

The reaction disk holds the cuvettes, in which the sample reacts with the reagent(s) and colorimetric measurement is performed.

1 System Description 1-5

Figure 1-6 Reaction Disk

The reaction disk can hold 8 cuvette segments (40 cuvettes in total).

During the analyzing process, the reaction disk rotates to the dispensing position and mixing position to dispense sample or reagent and to stir reaction liquid. When the specified cuvette is carried passing through the optical axis, the reaction liquid inside the cuvette is measured and also corresponding colorimetric readings are taken.

The reaction cuvettes applied have the following specifications: Disposable;

5mm×6mm×30mm (optical path of 5mm); 900μl (capable of holding 180-500μl reaction mixture).The reaction cuvettes should be replaced manually.

The reaction disk is placed in the temperature-controlled chamber, which keeps a constant temperature at 37˚С.

BIOHAZARD

Be sure to dispose of the used cuvettes in compliance with the local regulations.

CAUTION

The reaction cuvettes are for single use only. If they are reused, the system performance may be degraded.

Do not use reaction cuvettes other than the specified ones; otherwise, system performance will not be achieved as promised.

1.1.1.5 Photoelectric System

The photometric system, located in the analyzing unit, measures the absorbance of the reaction mixture in the cuvette.

The photometric system provides 8 wavelengths for measurement: 340nm, 405nm,

450nm, 510nm, 546nm, 578nm, 630nm and 670nm.

1.1.1.6 ISE Unit (optional)

The ISE unit (optional) consists of ISE module, pump module and reagent module, and can measure the concentration of Na+, K+ and Cl

-

in serum, plasma and diluted urine.

1-6 1 System Description

Figure 1-7 ISE Unit

No. Description

1 Peristaltic Pump Bracket

2 Reagent Pack Seat

9

10

11

12

13

7

8

5

6

4-channel ISE Module

Shielding Box Cover

Pan Head Screw M4x12

Plain Washer GB97.1 4

Spring Washer GB93 4

Cheese Socket Head Screw M4x10

Plain Washer GB97.1 2.5

Spring Washer GB93 2.5

Cross Pan Head Screw M2.5x6

The volume of the serum or plasma sample is 70µl and that of the diluted urine sample is 140µl. The dilution ratio of the urine sample is 1:10 (1 part of urine sample and 9 parts of urine diluent).

There are five electrodes including Li+(Spacer), Na+, K+, Cl

-

and reference electrodes in the ISE module.

Reagent module is integrated with Calibrant A, Calibrant B, waste containers and a chip which indicates the volume of the reagents.

1 System Description 1-7

The operation unit, a computer with the operating software of Chemistry Analyzer installed, controls the running, operation, and data processing of the analyzing unit.

The output unit is a printer that prints out test results and other related data.

1.2 Software Introduction

1.2.1 Software Interface

The main screen of the operating software is divided into the following areas.

① System status area

This area is located at the top of the screen and displays the system status, reaction disk temperature, LIS connection status and current date/time.

② Small buttons area

Click the small button . The Operation Guide is displayed, directing you to operate the system correctly.

Click the small button . The version of software is displayed.

③ Group buttons area

The group buttons are located below the system status area and includes Reagent,

Calibration, QC, Status, Statistics, Parameters, Setup and Maintenance.

Click a group button. The relevant working page will be displayed.

④ Shortcut buttons area

The shortcut buttons are located on the leftmost column of the screen and include

Sample Request, QC Request, Start, Probe Stop, Stop, Results, Replace, Relog and Exit.

Once a shortcut button is clicked with mouse button, corresponding operation will be performed.

⑤ Working page area

The middle part of the screen is the working page area. This area displays relevant parameters, procedures, results and graphs.

In the lower part of the working page lies the indication area, which displays explanation of the element pointed by the mouse pointer.

⑥ Operator area

The name of current operator is displayed in the lower left corner of the screen.

1-8 1 System Description

⑦ Warning messages area

The bottom area of the screen is referred to as the warning messages area and used to display alarm and error messages of the system.

By selecting or , you can view the previous or next alarm/error message.

⑧ Clear button

Click to clear the contents displayed in the warning messages area.

1.2.2 Screen Elements

„ Dialog box

Dialog box is the most ordinary component for man-machine conversation. An example of a dialog box is shown below.

„ Tab

Clicking a tab enables you to access the working page that it indexes. An example of tabs is shown below.

„ Drop-down list box

A drop-down list box allows you to select an item from the list. An example of a drop-down list box is shown below.

Drop-down List Box

1 System Description 1-9

„ Buttons

Clicking a button enables you to access the function that it indexes. An example of a button is shown below.

„ Radio button

On screens which display a group of radio buttons, only one item can be selected by placing a checkmark in it. An example of radio buttons is shown below.

„ Checkbox

On screens which display a group of checkboxes, multiple items can be selected by placing a checkmark in the box. An example of checkboxes is shown below.

„

Edit box

An edit box allows you to enter characters from keyboard. An example of edit boxes is shown below.

There’re two types of edit boxes, one can only accept characters input from the keyboard, while the other can accept characters not only input from the keyboard but also selected by clicking or .

1-10

„ Date/Time control

A date/time control is where you can set up the date/time and allows you to enter directly or select from the drop-down list box. An example of date/time control is shown below.

Date/Time Control

1 System Description

„ Scroll bar

A scroll bar will appear on some screens when the displayed contents are too many for one screen. An example of scroll bars is shown below.

Clicking and holding the scroll bar, you can drag it left/right or up/down to see the hidden contents.

„ List

A list displays the names of tests and profiles. An example of a list is shown below.

Click a test to select it, and click it again to deselect.

1 System Description 1-11

„ List

A list tree shows the affiliation among options. An example of a list tree is shown below.

Click “-” to hide the subordinate options, and “-” becomes “+”. Click “+” to expand the subordinate options and display their affiliation, then “+” turns to be “-”.If an option has no subordinate options, there is no “+” or “-” to the left of the option.

List Tree

„

Slider

A slider is used to select a level continuously. An example of a slider is shown below.

Clicking and holding the slider, you can drag it to desired scale.

Slider

1-12 1 System Description

2

Installation

WARNING

The system should be installed only by technicians of our company or authorized by our company.

Before installing the system, you should prepare a proper site for installation.

If you need to relocate the system, please contact our customer service department or your local distributor.

2.1 Unpacking

When you receive the system, carefully inspect the package. If you see any signs of mishandling or damage, file a claim immediately with our customer service department or your local distributor.

After opening the package, check the delivered goods against the packing list as well as the appearance of the system. If you find anything missing or damaged, immediately alert our customer service department or your local distributor.

2.2 Installation Requirements

CAUTION

Make sure the system is installed in a place meeting the requirements. Otherwise, it will not perform as promised.

2 Installation 2-1

2.2.1 Environmental Requirements

„

The system is for indoor use only.

„ The bearing platform should be level with gradient less than 1/200.

„ The bearing platform should be able to bear 75Kg weight.

„ The bearing platform should be 500mm-800mm high.

„ The installation site should be well ventilated.

CAUTION

The system radiates heat when operating. A well-ventilated environment helps keep the room temperature stable. Use ventilation equipment if necessary. Do not expose the system to direct draft that may lead to unreliable results.

„ The installation site should be free of dust as much as possible.

„ The installation site should not be in direct sun.

„ The installation site should not be close to a heat or draft source.

„ The installation site should be free of corrosive gas and flammable gas.

„ The bearing platform should be free of vibration.

„ The installation site should not be disturbed by great noise or power supply.

„ The system should not be placed near brush-type motors and electrical contacts that are frequently powered on and off.

„ Do not use such devices as mobile phones or radio transmitters near the system. Electromagnetic waves generated by those devices may interfere with operation of the system.

„ The altitude height of the installation site should be lower than 2000 meters.

2.2.2 Power Requirements

„

Power supply: 100-130V/200-240V~, 50/60Hz, three-wire power cord and properly grounded.

„ The system should be connected to a properly grounded power socket.

„ The distance between the power socket and the system should be less than 3 meters.

WARNING

Make sure the power socket is grounded correctly. Improper grounding may lead to electric shock and/or equipment damage.

Be sure to connect the system to a power socket that meets the above-mentioned requirements and has a proper fuse installed.

2.2.3 Temperature and Humidity Requirements

„ Operating temperature: 15℃-30℃, fluctuation<±2℃/H

„ Relative humidity: 35%RH-85%RH, without condensation

2-2 2 Installation

CAUTION

Operating the system in an environment other than the specified may lead to unreliable test results.

If the temperature or relative humidity does not meet the above-mentioned requirements, be sure to use air-conditioning equipment.

2.2.4 Water Supply and Drain Requirements

„ The supplied water must meet requirements of the CAP Type II water, with specific resistance no less than 0.5(MΩ.cm@25℃).

„ The water temperature should be within 5℃-32℃.

BIOHAZARD

Dispose of waste liquids according to your local regulations.

CAUTION

The supplied water must meet requirements of the CAP Type II water; otherwise insufficiently-purified water may result in misleading measurement.

2.2.5 Space and Accessibility Requirements

The system should be installed and used meeting the space and accessibility requirements as shown below.

Figure 2-1 Space and Accessibility Requirements

2 Installation 2-3

2.3 Connecting Deionized Water Tank

CAUTION

When placing the deionized water tank, ensure the top of the tank is lower than the bearing platform of the analyzer.

Ensure the deionized water pickup tube is not blocked, bent, or twisted.

6

1

2

3

4

5

Place the Power to OFF.

Connect the filter with the pickup tubes. Refer to 5.5.2 Replacing Filter

Assemby

(step 2 - 3) for instructions.

Put the pickup tubes and the sensor into the deionized water tank, and then turn the cap of the deionized water tank clockwise.

CAUTION:

Make sure that the filter sink smoothly to the tank bottom and does not twist with the floater connecting rod.

Put the deionized water tank on an appropriate place. Do not tip it.

Plug the red and the green connectors to their counterparts marked

DEIONIZED WATER on the rear side of the analyzing unit and turn the connectors clockwise until secure.

Plug the sensor connector to its counterpart marked D-SENSOR on the rear side of the analyzing unit and turn it clockwise until secure.

NOTE

The tank should be cleaned every week. Use brush to clean the tank walls if necessary. Check for contamination and impurity on the tank walls and bottom, after cleaning.

If the tank will not be used for a long time, put it upside down to drain the water and then store it in dry and clean environment. Clean it with water before reusing.

2-4 2 Installation

2.4 Connecting Waste Tank

BIOHAZARD

Wear gloves and lab coat and, if necessary, goggles.

CAUTION

When placing the waste tank, ensure the top of the tank is lower than the bearing platform of the analyzer.

Ensure the waste tube is over the tank and not blocked, bent, or twisted. A blocked, bent or twisted waste tube may lead to wastewater overflow that may damage the analyzer.

1

2

3

4

5

Place the Power to OFF.

Put the waste tube and sensor next to the waste tank cap into the waste tank, then tighten the cap clockwise.

Set the waste tank on an appropriate place.

Connect the other end of the waste tube to its counterpart on the right panel of the analyzer marked WASTE. Keep pressing the pin on the waste connector marked WASTE on the right side of the analyzing unit and grab the waste tap and insert it to the connector.

Plug the sensor connector to its counterpart marked W-SENSOR on the right side of the analyzing unit and turn it clockwise until secure.

2.5 Installing/Removing Sample/Reagent Disk

WARNING

Before installing/removing the sample/reagent disk, make sure the

Power is placed to OFF and the sample/reagent disk has been stopped.

BIOHAZARD

Wear gloves and lab coat and, if necessary, goggles.

2 Installation 2-5

Figure 2-2 Sample/Reagent Disk

To install the sample/reagent disk, keep the handle at the vertical position, align the hole of the handwheel to the pin of the rotor, gently lower the sample/reagent disk all the way down and move the handle back to the horizontal position to secure the disk to the rotor.

To remove the sample/reagent disk, first shift the handle from the horizontal position to the vertical position. Then grab the handle or handwheel and pull the disk upward to remove it from the rotor.

CAUTION

Make sure the disk cover is closed; otherwise it may degrade the refrigeration and damage the probe.

Before running the analyzing unit, make sure that the disk cover is closed properly. Otherwise the probe may be damaged.

The sample/reagent compartment and the sample/reagent disk may be contaminated during measurement. If samples spill in the compartment or on the disk, wipe them with cloth soaked with water or disinfector after placing the Power to OFF.

2.6 Installing/Removing Sample Tubes

WARNING

Before installing/removing the sample tubes, make sure the sample/reagent disk and the probe have been stopped.

Do not use sample tubes other than the specified ones.

BIOHAZARD

Wear gloves and lab coat and, if necessary, goggles.

To load sample tubes, insert the tube into the tube holder until the bottom of the tube contacts the groove of the tube rack.

2-6 2 Installation

To remove sample tubes, grab the tube and pull it upward to remove it from the tube holder.

2.7 Installing/Removing Sample Tube Rack

WARNING

Before installing/removing the sample tube rack, make sure the sample/reagent disk and the probe have been stopped.

Do not use reagent bottles other than the specified.

BIOHAZARD

Wear gloves and lab coat and, if necessary, goggles.

CAUTION

Exercise caution while installing or removing the sample tube rack so that no liquid will spill out of the tubes.

To load or unload sample tubes quickly, you can install or remove the entire sample rack from the sample/reagent disk. To remove the sample rack, grab the handle on the sample rack and pull the handle upwards to remove the sample rack. To install the sample rack, grab the handle on the sample rack, align the holes at the bottom of the rack to the counterpart pins on the sample/reagent disk, and then install the sample rack with its arc protrusion at the bottom fitting into the groove on the sample/reagent disk.

Figure 2-3 Sample Rack

2 Installation 2-7

2.8 Installing/Removing Reagent Bottles

WARNING

Before installing/removing the reagent bottles, make sure the sample/reagent disk and the probe have been stopped.

Do not use reagent bottles other than the specified.

Some reagents may hurt human skins. Exercise caution when using the reagents. In case your skin or clothes contact them, wash them off with clean water. In case the reagents spill into your eyes, rinse them with much water and consult an oculist.

To load reagent bottles, insert the bottle into the bottle holder until the bottom of the bottle contacts the groove of the holder.

To remove the reagent bottles, grab the bottle and pull it upward to remove it from the bottle holder.

2.9 Installing/Removing Cuvettes

WARNING

Be sure to install/remove the cuvettes only after the reaction disk stop completely, or injury may occur.

BIOHAZARD

Wear gloves and lab coat and, if necessary, goggles.

Be sure to dispose of the used cuvettes in compliance with the local regulations.

Figure 2-4 Reaction Disk

2-8 2 Installation

To install cuvettes, push forward the button on the small window to open the reaction disk, then align the holes on the cuvette segment to the pins on reaction disk and set the segment on the disk. After installing, close the small window.

To remove cuvettes, push forward the handle on the small window and open the door, and then take out the current cuvette segment.

CAUTION

The reaction cuvettes are for single use only. If they are reused, the system performance may be degraded.

When installing new reaction cuvettes, do not touch the light entrance of the cuvettes; otherwise accurate measurements may not be achieved or the cuvettes will be considered unqualified.

Ensure the small window on the reaction disk is always closed during measurement; otherwise, reliable test results may not be achieved.

When installing new reaction cuvettes, make sure to place them steadily on the reaction disk.

2.10 Installing/Removing ISE Components

(Optional)

CAUTION:

Use the consumables recommended by our company. Other consumables may degrade the system performance.

NOTE:

The ISE unit (optional) should be on power all the time.

2.10.1 Installing/Removing Reagent Pack

WARNING:

Be sure to dispose of the used Reagent Pack in compliance with the local regulations.

Before performing the installation or removing, make sure the analyzer is powered off.

BIOHAZARD:

Wear gloves and lab coat and, if necessary, goggles.

To install Reagent Pack, remove the red caps from Reagent Pack first and push the wand just above the top of Reagent Pack. Make sure that the three pipe adapters at the bottom of the wand are opposite to those on the top of Reagent Package, then push down the wand to Reagent Package. The wand will only fit one way.

2 Installation 2-9

Figure 2-5 Remove ISE unit door of analyzer

Figure 2-6 Install Reagent Pack Step 1

Wand

Reagent Pack

Figure 2-7 Install Reagent Pack Step 2

In the end put the Reagent Pack into the shelf.

2-10 2 Installation

Figure 2-8 Install Reagent Pack Step 3

To remove Reagent Pack, disconnect the wand from the top of the Reagent Pack by pushing down the yellow button in the wand, which makes the wand and Reagent

Pack disconnected. Set the wand on the table surface, which should not leak.

Carefully remove the used Reagent Pack from the Chemistry Analyzer and dispose of it properly.

Figure 2-9 Remove Reagent Pack

Push down this button

To make the Reagent Pack ready to use, please refer to the steps described in

5.6.7.1Replacing Reagent Pack.

2.10.2 Installing/Removing Electrodes

NOTE:

The electrode storage for K is different from the other electrodes. For there is some certain kind of solution in the lumen of the electrode, a tape covering both ends of the lumen can be seen. So whenever unpacking these electrodes, remove the tape first. If some of the solution leaks outside of the electrode, it should be wiped before installation.

Each electrode including the reference electrode has an O-ring on one side of its lumen, so ensure the side with the O-ring towards up when installing the electrodes. If the O-ring is missing, replace with a new one. Extra two O-rings are supplied in the electrode boxes.

2 Installation 2-11

For the reference electrode, if necessary, soak the electrode in warm water until the lumen of the electrode has been cleared of salt build-up.

Before performing the installation or removing, make sure the analyzer is powered off.

BIOHAZARD:

Wear gloves and lab coat and, if necessary, goggles.

To install the electrodes, follow the steps below:

1

2

Place the POWER to OFF.

Unscrew the captive screw of the ISE module shielding box and make the cover towards outside. Unscrew the cover and you will see the electrodes housing.

2-12 2 Installation

3 The reference electrode is the first to be installed.

Open the electrode from its protective packaging and remove the insert from the lumen of the reference electrode.

Make sure that the red sphere in the reference electrode floats on the top of the internal fill solution in the reservoir.

Place the reference electrode inside the housing by pressing down the compression plate and push it straight against the back of the housing.

Release the compression plate and ensure the electrode cannot be easily moved.

4 Remove the Chloride electrode from its protective packaging and place it

2 Installation 2-13

5

6

7 in the ISE module housing in the same way as the reference electrode.

Repeat the process for the Potassium electrode.

Repeat the process for the Sodium electrode.

Repeat the process for the Lithium electrode or the spacer.

8 Push all the electrodes simultaneously to ensure they are in correct alignment.

All the electrodes for spacer, Na, K and Cl are of the same size and shape. Connection pins at the rear of each electrode are different and ensure that the electrodes are inserted in the correct order. So if one of the electrodes can not be easily pushed into the housing, check the electrode first then repeat the installation process.

9 Install the shielding box cover.

10 Close the ISE unit door.

To remove the electrodes, follow the steps below:

1 Place the POWER to OFF.

2

3

Open the ISE unit door.

Unscrew the cover of the shielding box, and you will see the electrode housing.

4 Take the electrode(s) out from the housing by pressing down the compression plate(s) in the opposite sequence of installing.

2-14 2 Installation

3

Basic Operations

This chapter provides step-by-step procedures to operate the system for basic tasks.

3 Basic Operations 3-1

3.1 General Operating Procedure

Checking before power-on

Power-on

Starting operating software

No

Set parameters?

Yes

Set parameters

Prepare for analysis

No

Reagent blank?

Yes

Reagent blank

Calibrate?

Yes

Calibrate?

QC

Samples

No

3-2

No

Edit sample results?

Yes

Edit sample results?

Print sample results

Exit operating software

Shut down

Checking after shutdown

3 Basic Operations

3.2 Preparing for Analysis

3.2.1 Checking before Powering On

You should perform the following operations before powering on the analyzer.

BIOHAZARD

Wear gloves and lab coat and, if necessary, goggles when performing the following operations.

1 Check the power supply and make sure it can supply proper voltage for the analyzer.

2 Check the connections among the analyzing unit, operation unit and printer.

Make sure the connections are right and secure. Check the power cords of the analyzing unit, operation unit and printer, and make sure they are well connected to the power sockets.

3 Check and make sure sufficient printing paper is prepared for the printer. If not, feed more printing paper.

4 Ensure wash solution has been placed in position 35 and sufficient distilled water in position 36 of the reagent disk. If an ISE module is configured, please check if cleaning solution is placed in position 33 and urine diluent in position 34 of reagent disk.

WARNING

Poisonous gas will be produced if acid wash solution is mixed with alkaline wash solution. Do not mix the acid wash solution with the alkaline one.

Some wash solutions may hurt human skins. Exercise caution when using the wash solution. In case your skin or clothes contact them, wash them off with clean water. In case the wash solutions spill into your eyes, rinse them with much water and consult an oculist.

NOTE

We have specified the following wash solutions:

Acid: 0.1mol/l hydrochloric acid; Alkaline: javel water with 0.5% active chlorine.

You should dilute the sodium hypochlorite solution at appropriate ratio according to the available chlorine contained in it.

We recommend the acid and alkaline wash solutions be used alternately. For instance, if the acid wash solution is used at current startup, the alkaline one should be used at next startup.

5 Check the connection of deionized water tubing. See 5.2.3Checking

Connection of Deionized Water

for details.

6 Check the connection of waste tubing. See 5.2.4Checking Connection of

Waste Water

for details.

3 Basic Operations 3-3

7 Check the syringe carefully. See 5.2.5Checking Syringe for details.

8 Check the probe as directed by steps 1-5 in 5.2.6Checking Probe.

9 Check the mixing bar as directed by steps 1-3 in 5.2.7Checking Mixing

Bar

.

10 Check the deionized water tank. See 5.2.1Checking Remaining Deionized

Water

for details.

11 Check if the waste tank is empty. If not, empty the waste tank as directed by

5.2.2Emptying Waste Tank

.

3.2.2 Powering On

Connect the power cord of the system to the socket, and then switch on the powers in the sequence presented below:

1 Place the Main Power to the ON position.

2 Place the Power to the ON position.

3 Turn on the monitor of the computer.

4 Turn on the computer.

5 Turn on the printer.

3.2.3 Starting the Operating Software

1 After you have logged on the Windows operating system, double-click the shortcut icon of the operating software on the desktop or select the operating software program from [Start] to start up the operating software.

When started up, the analyzer will check automatically the operation system and resolution of the screen, turn off the screen saver, check color configuration, initialize the database and examine the printer.

If all checks are passed, the following dialog box is displayed. Enter the username and password, and then click OK.

3-4

NOTE

The resolution of the screen must be 1024x768. The color configuration must be at least 8 bits.

The username of the system administrator is “Admin” which is same as the initial password.

Please note that the password is case sensitive. You are recommended to change the password when logging in for the first time, to prevent others from abusing the authorities of

Admin. Refer to 4.16.3User for details.

3 Basic Operations

2 Select a serial port from Serial Port in the Startup dialog box, then click

Start to initialize the system. After that, operate according to the screen prompt until the main screen of the operating software is displayed.

NOTE

Place new cuvettes to the reaction disk when replacing used cuvettes.

Refer to 4.7Replace for detailed information about the operation of the cuvettes replacing screen.

CAUTION

You must not start analysis until the system status area of the screen displays “Standby” and the analyzer has been turned on for at least

30 minutes.

NOTE

Check the probe as directed by steps 6-9 in 5.2.6Checking Probe.

Check the mixing bar as directed by steps 4-5 in 5.2.7Checking

Mixing Bar

.

If this is the first time the analyzer is installed, please follow the instructions indicated in 5.5.2 Replacing Filter Assemby (step 4) to expel air ffrom the filter assembly.

3.2.4 Setting up the Analyzer

The analyzer will not function properly unless it is properly set up.

If this is the first time the analyzer being used you must complete all the following settings. Even in daily use, you should perform the following configuration as needed.

Before requesting tests, perform the following steps to finish the settings:

3 Basic Operations 3-5

„ To set the options regarding the basic parameters of the system and data dictionaries, refer to 4.16.1System.

„ To set the options regarding the hospital information, refer to 4.16.2Hospital.

„ To set the options regarding parameters of calibrators, refer to 4.11.3Calibrator.

„ To set the options regarding parameters of controls, refer to 4.12.4Control.

„ To set the options regarding test parameters, reference, calibration rule and quality control (QC) rule, refer to 4.15.1Test.

„ To set the options regarding the reagent parameters, refer to 4.10Reagent.

„ To set the options regarding the carryover information among tests, refer to

4.15.6Carryover

.

„ To set the options regarding the printing parameters, refer to 4.16.4Print.

3.2.5 Preparing Reagents

Load reagents to their assigned positions on the reagent disk, and then remove the bottle caps. Please select correct bottle type as configured so that the reagent inventory can be checked accurately.

WARNING

The probe tip is sharp and can cause puncture wounds. To prevent injury, exercise caution when working around the probe.

Some reagents may hurt human skins. Exercise caution when using the reagents. In case your skin or clothes contact them, wash them off with clean water. In case the reagents spill into your eyes, rinse them with much water and consult an oculist.

3.3 Starting Analysis

3.3.1 Programming Reagent Blank

CAUTION

Reagent blank is vital to obtaining correct analysis results. The blank results can assist in determining whether the reagents have expired, or whether the reaction background should be deducted, and in eliminating the absorbance changes caused by the reagents themselves. We recommend the reagent blank be run on a daily base.

The analyzer will use the result of the previous reagent blank run for double-reagent tests that use endpoint method if no new reagent blank result is available.

To request reagent blanks, refer to 4.11.1Calibration Request.

To run reagent blanks, refer to 4.3Start.

To view reagent blank results, refer to 4.11.2Results.

3-6 3 Basic Operations

3.3.2 Programming Calibrators

CAUTION

You need to run the calibration again when the measurement conditions are changed, such as reagent lot, test parameters, light source, etc.

To request calibrations, refer to 4.11.1Calibration Request.

After requisition is finished, place the calibrators in assigned positions on the sample disk.

Run calibration as directed by 4.3Start.

To view calibration results, refer to 4.11.2Results.

3.3.3 Programming Controls

CAUTION

If Auto QC on the System screen is selected and QC Interval on the

Test screen is not 0, the analyzer will automatically insert QC tests among sample tests.

To request QCs, refer to 4.2QC Request.

After requisition is finished, place the control samples in assigned positions on the sample disk.

To run QCs, refer to 4.3Start.

To check QC results, refer to 4.12.1Real-time QC, 4.12.2Daily QC and 4.12.3Day

to Day QC

.

3.3.4 Programming Samples

To request samples, refer to 4.1Sample Request.

NOTE

STAT samples are requested in the same way as routine ones except that STAT on the Sample Request screen should be selected during STAT sample requesting.

After requisition is finished, place the samples in assigned positions on the sample disk.

Minimum sample volume: dead volume of the sample plus total sample volume for all the tests.

Dead volume of sample varies from tubes and is shown in the following table.

3 Basic Operations 3-7

Tube

Type

Microtube

Dead

Volu me

≤300μl

To run samples, refer to 4.3Start.

To check sample results, refer to 4.6Results.

Blood collecti ng tube

≤500μl

Plastic tube

≤500μl

3.4 Processing Results

3.4.1 Editing Test Results

CAUTION

Test results can only be edited by authorized personnel.

To edit results of one or more sample runs, refer to 4.6.2.4Edit Results.

To make linear transform or calibration transform to the results of one or more tests, refer to 4.6.2.3Compensate Results

3.4.2 Printing Test Results

To print test results, refer to 4.6.2.8Print Results.

3.5 Finishing Analysis

3.5.1 Exiting the Operating Software

When all analysis is finished and the system is in standby status, select Exit from the main screen to exit the operating software. Refer to 4.9Exit for details.

3.5.2 Powering Off

After exiting the Windows operating system, following this procedure to turn off the powers:

1 Turn off the printer.

2 Turn off the monitor of the computer.

3 Place the Power to the OFF position.

3-8 3 Basic Operations

NOTE

The refrigerator still functions after the Power is placed to OFF. To shut down the refrigerator, place the Main Power to OFF.

3.5.3 Operations after Powering Off

BIOHAZARD

Wear gloves and lab coat and, if necessary, goggles.

1 Cover every reagent bottle on the sample/reagent disk.

NOTE

If the Main Power is placed to OFF, take the reagents from the reagent disk and put them into an external refrigerator.

2 Remove the calibrators, controls and samples from the sample/reagent disk.

3 Empty the waste tank. Refer to 5.2.2Emptying Waste Tank for details.

4 Check the surface of the analyzing unit for stains and wipe them off with clean soft cloth, if any.

3 Basic Operations 3-9

3-10 3 Basic Operations

4

Advanced Operations

4.1 Sample Request

Click the Sample Request button to enter the Sample Request screen, as shown in

Figure 4-1, where you can check the requested samples and request new ones.

After requisition is finished, place the samples in assigned positions on the sample disk.

Minimum sample volume: dead volume of the sample plus total sample volume for all the tests.

Dead volume of sample varies from tubes and is shown in the following table.

Tube Type Microtube Blood collecting tube

Dead Volume ≤300μl ≤500μl

Plastic tube

≤500μl

4 Advanced Operations 4-1

Figure 4-1 Sample Request Screen

4-2

NOTE

In the Tests field, different background colors of the test refer to different meanings:

Blue means the test is selected;

White means the test is selectable;

Gray means the test is unselectable, and if the mouse pointer is stopped on it for a while, the system will remind you of the reason why it is unselectable.

The Profiles field and the Off-system Tests field are the same as the

Tests field.

The following table explains the parameters on the screen.

Parameter Description

Sample Disk Select a virtual sample disk on which the sample locates.

Samples It refers to the requested samples or the ones being requested on the selected sample disk.

The Tests column shows multiplication of No. of tests for the sample and No. of replicates. z << to the first sample in the list. z < to the previous sample in the list. z > to the next sample in the list z >> to the last sample in the list

4 Advanced Operations

Parameter Description

No. It refers to the sample ID, which includes the starting No. and ending No.

The No. can be assigned by the system automatically, or entered manually.

You should enter the starting No. in the first edit box and the ending No. in the second one.

If the starting No. is same as the ending No., the system will consider it as one sample by default. When the latter is greater than the former, it indicates a batch of samples.

Position

Replicates

Type

You must use different No. for different samples within one day.

It refers to position of the sample on the selected virtual sample disk.

The position can be assigned by the system automatically, or selected from the drop-down list box by the operator manually.

For single sample, it refers to the position of this sample; for a batch of samples, it refers to the position of the sample with starting No., and positions of other samples will be assigned by the system accordingly.

It refers to times of the same sample run. 1 is default, which means once only.

Select a sample type from the drop-down list box. It includes

Serum, Plasma, Urine and Other.

Bar Code

Predilution

Mode

(drop-down list box)

Barcode information of the selected sample.

STAT When selected, it means that the sample(s) currently requested are stat sample(s).

Samp. Blank When selected, it refers to running a sample blank before starting analysis. The system tests the mixed absorbance

(endpoint) or the absorbance change rate (non-endpoint) of the mixture of the sample and the distilled water instead of reagent.

Dilution mode. There are three options: None, Auto and

Manual.

None: It means the sample will not be diluted before be analyzed.

Auto: It means the analyzer automatically mixes specified amount of distilled water and sample in a clean cuvette and aspirates the diluted sample for reacting during analysis.

Manual: It means you should dilute the sample manually and place it on the sample disk.

Sample

Volume (Edit box in middle)

It refers to the amount of sample to be diluted.

Dilution Ratio

(Edit box on right side)

It refers to the ratio at which the sample will be diluted. It can be calculated using this formula:

Dilution ratio = Diluted sample volume / Original sample volume

4 Advanced Operations 4-3

The following table introduces the buttons on the screen.

Button Function

Details After selecting a sample from Samples, click this button to pop up the Sample Information dialog box, where you can check and edit the detailed information of the sample.

Delete

For more information about the Sample Information dialog box, refer to 4.1.1 Sample Information.

After selecting a sample from Samples, click this button to pop up the Delete dialog box, where you can delete the sample or release its position.

This button is not available for the sample being requested.

For more information about the Delete dialog box, refer to 4.1.2

Delete a Sample

.

Change Pos. Click this button to pop up the Change Sample Position dialog box, where you can change positions of samples.

For more information about the Change Sample Position dialog box, refer to 4.1.3 Change Position.

Cancel After requesting new samples or modifying the information of a requested sample, click this button to cancel the requests or modification.

Refer to 4.1.4 Requesting Samples or Modifying Information for detailed operations.

OK

Print List

Download

After requesting new samples or modifying the information of a requested sample, click this button to finish requesting or save modification.

Refer to 4.1.4 Requesting Samples or Modifying Information for detailed operations.

Print the samples which are not finished in Samples

Click this button to download the Down Sample Information from LIS dialog box.

Refer to 4.1.5 Download Sample Information for detailed operations.

NOTE

When you re-request tests for the requested sample, the tests which have been requested for the sample and are not requested this time will be invalidated, no matter the tests which have been requested for the sample have been run or not.

4.1.1 Sample Information

At the Sample Request screen, select a sample and click Details to pop up the

Sample Information dialog box, as shown in Figure 4-2, where you can check and edit the detailed information of the sample.

4-4 4 Advanced Operations

Figure 4-2 Sample Information Dialog Box

The following table explains the parameters of the Sample Information dialog box.

Parameter Description

Sample ID No. of the sample. It cannot be edited.

Type It includes Serum, Plasma, Urine and Other.

Replicates

Position

Sent From

Sent By

Tested In

It refers to times of sample run. It cannot be edited.

The first edit box is No. of virtual sample disk, and the second is the sample position. Both of them cannot be edited.

Department to which the sender belongs.

Name of the sender.

Department to which the tester belongs.

Tested By

Charact.

Name of the tester.

Characteristic of the sample. It includes blank (none),

Hemolysis, Icterus and Lipemia.

4 Advanced Operations 4-5

4-6

Parameter Description

Blood Type Blood type of the sample.

Samp. Time Time when the sample was sampled.

Send Date Time when the sample was sent for analysis.

Patient Name of the patient.

Age

Birth Date

Birth Time

Gender

Age of the patient.

The date when the patient was born.

The time at which the patient was born.

Gender of the patient.

MRN

Treated In

Treated By

Zone No.

Admi. No.

Bed No.

Bar Code

SS No.

Medical record No. of the patient.

Department where the patient is treated.

Doctor in charge for the patient.

No. of the zone where the patient stays.

Admission No. of the patient.

If Obtain Patient Information by Admission No. at Setup →

System screen is selected, after you entering the admission

No. here, the system will find out if the admission No. has existed in the database already. If so, the patient information corresponding to the admission No. will be obtained automatically, including Blood Type, Patient, Age, Gender,

MRN, Treated In, Treated By, Zone No. and Bed No..

No. of the bed where the patient stays.

Barcode information of the sample.

Medical insurance No. or Social insurance No.

Diagnosis Clinical diagnosis to the patient’s disease.

The following table introduces the buttons of the Sample Information dialog box.

Button Function

Set Defaults

Click this button to set current settings as defaults for following samples.

Previous

Click this button to display the information of the previous sample.

Next

Click this button to display the information of the next sample.

OK

Click this button to save modification to the sample information in this dialog box.

Cancel

Click this button to cancel modification to the sample information in this dialog box.

Close

Click this button to close the Sample Information dialog box.

4 Advanced Operations

4.1.2 Delete a Sample

At the Sample Request screen, after selecting a sample in Samples, click Delete to pop up the Delete dialog box, as shown in Figure 4-3, where you can delete the selected sample or release its position.

Figure 4-3 Delete Sample Dialog Box

The following table explains the parameters of the dialog box.

Parameter Description

Release

Position

Release the sample position without deleting all tests related to this sample.

Delete

Sample

Delete all

It is available for the tested samples only.

Delete the sample as well as the related tests.

Delete all samples on the selected sample disk

The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box.

Button Function

OK

Click this button to release the selected sample position or delete the sample.

Cancel

Click this button to cancel the releasing or deletion.

4 Advanced Operations 4-7

CAUTION

Deleting a sample will invalidate all tests related to the sample.

4.1.3 Change Position

At the Sample Request screen, click Change Pos. to pop up the Change Sample

Position dialog box, where you can change sample positions on the sample disk.

Figure 4-4 Change Sample Position Dialog Box

4-8

The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box.

Button Function

Probe stop

If the system is in testing status, and the sample position to be changed or the target position is on the sample disk currently running, you should first stop the probe, the mixing bar and the sample/reagent disk.

Click this button to stop the probe, the mixing bar and the sample/reagent disk, and the button will change into Resume.

After exchanging the positions, click Resume to continue.

Change

Close

Select the current and target sample disks the sample locates from the Original Sample Disk and Target Sample Disk, and select the current and target positions of the sample from the two

Positions fields. Then click this button to change the position.

Click this button to close the dialog box.

4 Advanced Operations

CAUTION

Do not put the probe, the mixing bar and the sample/reagent disk on hold for a long time. Otherwise, certain analyses may be affected.

4.1.4 Requesting Samples or Modifying Information

the being requested (the samples with “#” in the front) or has been requested.

2 You can set sample information and tests for the newly requested samples, or modify the sample information for the requested sample.

3 If you want to finish requesting or save the modification, click OK.

NOTE

If you want to deselect one or more tests for a sample, after you clicking the OK button, a dialog box will pop up.

Click the OK button if you want to continue.

4.1.5 Download Sample Information

At the Sample Request screen, click Download to pop up the Download Sample

Information from LIS dialog box, where you can download sample information from the LIS host, such as sample type, tests and STAT information.

Figure 4-5 Download Sample Information from LIS Dialog Box

4 Advanced Operations 4-9

The following table explains the parameters of the dialog box.

Parameter Description

Latest By Latest, you can download latest sample information of current day from LIS. selecting current day from LIS.

A Sample When selecting A Sample, you should enter the bar code of the sample that you want to download. Then the sample information will be downloaded to the analyzer.

The following table introduces the buttons on the screen.

Button Function

OK

Click this button to start downloading.

Cancel

Click this button o cancel downloading.

4.2 QC Request

Click the QC Request button to enter the QC Request screen, as shown in Figure

4-6, where you can request QC runs for desired tests.

Figure 4-6 QC Request Screen

4-10 4 Advanced Operations

NOTE

In the Tests field, different background colors of the test refer to different meanings:

Blue means the test is selected;

White means the test is selectable;

Gray means the test is unselectable, and if the pointer of the mouse is stopped on it for a while, the system will remind you of the reason why it is unselectable.

Request QC for profiles by using Profiles.

The following table explains the parameters on the screen.

Parameter Description

Replicates

Times of QC requesting. Default setting is 1, which means once only. The maximum is 10.

The following table introduces the buttons on the screen.

Button Function

OK

After selecting a test(s) in the Tests and setting the Replicates, click this button to finish requesting.

Cancel

After selecting a test(s) in the Tests and setting the Replicates, click this button to cancel requesting.

Change

Position

After selecting a control, click this button to pop up the Change

Position dialog box, where you can reset the position of the selected control on the sample disk.

For more information about the Change Position dialog box, refer to the following text To Reset Position of a Control.

To Reset Position of a Control

At the QC Request screen, after selecting a control, click Change Position to pop up the Change Position dialog box, as shown in Figure 4-7, where you can reset the position of the selected control on the sample disk.

4 Advanced Operations 4-11

Figure 4-7 Change Position Dialog Box

4-12

The following table explains the parameters of the dialog box.

Parameter Description

Old

Current position of the selected control.

New

New position of the selected control.

Disk

No. of the virtual sample disk.

Void means that the selected control is not on the sample disk.

Position

Position on the selected virtual sample disk.

Void means that the selected control is not on the sample disk.

The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box.

Button Function

Probe Stop

If the system is in testing status, and the control position to be changed or the target position is on the sample disk currently running, you should first stop the probe, the mixing bar and sample/reagent disk.

Click this button to stop the probe, the mixing bar and the sample/reagent disk, and the button will change into Resume.

OK

Cancel

After exchanging the positions, click Resume to continue.

After setting a new sample position, click this button to save the setting.

After setting a new sample position, click this button to cancel the setting.

CAUTION

Do not put the probe, the mixing bar and the sample/reagent disk on hold for a long time. Otherwise, certain analyses may be affected.

4 Advanced Operations

4.3 Start

After requesting, click Start to pop up the Start Testing dialog box, as shown in

Figure 4-8, where you can select the virtual sample disk, virtual reagent disk and samples to be tested.

Caution:

After Start is clicked, the system will pop up a dialog box to remind you if the reaction temperature is in normal range. You can proceed to the tests, ignoring the prompt, but the test results may not be reliable. You are recommended to start the tests again only after the reaction temperature becomes normal.

Figure 4-8 Start Testing Dialog Box

The numbers in the Pending Tests field refer to “available tests to be run/ number of tests requested” on current sample or reagent disk.

The following table explains the parameters of the dialog box.

Parameter Description

Sample

Disk

Select a sample disk that you want to run tests.

Reagent

Disk

All

Select a reagent disk that you want to run tests.

Select All to analyze all samples on the selected sample disk.

From…To… If you select From…To…, you need to select position No. from the drop-down list boxes, then the reader will analyze the samples you set.

4 Advanced Operations 4-13

The following table introduces the buttons on the screen.

CAUTION

Before clicking OK, confirm samples, calibrators, controls and reagents have been placed in correct positions.

Button Function

OK

After selecting the virtual sample disk, virtual reagent disk and the samples to be tested, click this button to start analysis.

Cancel

After selecting the virtual sample disk, virtual reagent disk and the samples to be tested, click this button to cancel selection and no analysis will be started.

4.4 Probe Stop

When you need to add samples or reagents without stopping current analysis, click

Probe Stop to pop up the dialog box, as shown in Figure 4-9, where you can pause the probe, the mixing bar and the sample/reagent disk.

Figure 4-9 Confirm Dialog Box 1

4-14

The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box.

Button Function

OK

Click this button to pause the sample probe, the mixing bar and the sample/reagent disk. On the reaction disk, the tests that have finished dispensing sample and reagent(s) will continue and the remaining ones will be paused.

Cancel

Then the Probe Stop button changes to Resume, click it to pop up the screen as shown in Figure 4-9. Click OK to resume the sample probe, the mixing bar and the sample/reagent disk, or click Cancel to stay.

Click this button to cancel pausing the sample probe, mixing bar and the sample/reagent disk without affecting the analysis.

4 Advanced Operations

Figure 4-10 Confirm Dialog Box 2

CAUTION

Do not put the probe, the mixing bar and the sample/reagent disk on hold for a long time. Otherwise, certain analyses may be affected.

4.5 Stop

To stop analysis, click Stop to pop up the dialog box, as shown in Figure 4-11.

Figure 4-11 Confirm Dialog Box 3

The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box.

Button Function

OK

Click this button to stop current analysis.

Cancel

Click this button to cancel stopping.

4 Advanced Operations 4-15

CAUTION

We recommend this stop function not be used unless it is necessary

(for instance the analyzer is experiencing problems).

After the analyzer is stopped, all the tests that have not been finished will be invalidated.

However, you can continue the requested tests that have not been finished by clicking the Start button.

4.6 Results

Click Results to enter the Results screen, where you can view and process current or historical sample results.

The Results screen includes two tabs: Current and History. The former displays the results of current day since the startup, and the latter displays the historical test results before the current day.

On the Current and History screens, you can view test results by sample or by test.

4.6.1 Current Results

Select Current to enter the Current screen, as shown in Figure 4-12, where you can view and edit current test results.

Figure 4-12 Current Screen

4-16

Operations of the Current screen are similar to that in 4.6.2 Historical Results, except that you can only view and process the sample results of current day since powering on and can rerun tests. For other operations, refer to 4.6.2 Historical

Results

.

4 Advanced Operations

Rerun

At the Current screen, after selecting a test and a sample, click Rerun to pop up the

Rerun dialog box, as shown in Figure 4-13, where you can rerun corresponding sample tests of current day since powering on.

Figure 4-13 Rerun Dialog Box

The following table explains the parameters of the dialog box.

Parameter Description

Selected

Sample

Rerun all sample tests of the selected sample that have been finished or have no results.

Selected Run Rerun the selected test for the selected sample only.

It’s only available for the test that has been finished or has no result.

Selected Test Rerun the selected test for all samples that have been finished or have no results.

All Runs

Rerun all the sample tests that have been finished or have no results.

4 Advanced Operations 4-17

The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box.

Button Function

OK

Click this button to pop up the following dialog box.

Cancel

In this dialog box, click OK to rerun the selected test(s), or click

Cancel to abort rerunning.

Click this button to cancel rerunning.

4.6.2 Historical Results

Click History to enter the History screen, as shown in Figure 4-14, where you can view and edit historical test results.

Figure 4-14 Results Screen

4-18

At the History screen, (View Results) By Sample refers to displaying the results by sample; (View Results) By Test refers to displaying the results by test.

After clicking a title bar, an upward arrow or downward arrow will appear which means the current results are arranged according to the ascendent or descendent order of the selected title bar. See the figure below. The upward arrow means

4 Advanced Operations

ascendant ordering and the downward arrow means descendent ordering. The results can be ordered by any title bar at the History screen.

Figure 4-15 Title Bar and Arrows

Upward arrow

The following table introduces the buttons on the screen.

Button Function

Search

Click this button to pop up the Conditions dialog box, where you can set the searching conditions.

For more information about the Conditions dialog box, refer to

Conditions

in this section.

Add

Details

Compen.

Click this button to pop up the Add Off-system Tests dialog box, where you can add off-system test results to samples.

For more information about the Add Off-system Tests dialog box, refer to Add Off-system Test Results in this section.

After selecting a sample, click this button to pop up the Sample

Information dialog box, where you can view and edit the information of the selected sample.

For more information about the Sample Information dialog box, refer to 4.1.1 Sample Information in this section.

This button is only available when you select (View Results) By

Test.

After selecting a test, click this button to pop up the Compensate

Results dialog box, where you can edit (including Linear

Transform and Calibration Transform) the searched results of the selected test.

For more information about the Compensate Results dialog box, refer to Compensate Results in this section.

4 Advanced Operations 4-19

Button Function

Edit

After selecting a test, click this button to pop up the Edit Results dialog box, where you can edit the result of the selected test.

For more information about the Edit Results dialog box, refer to

Edit Results

in this section.

Reac. Curve

After selecting a test, click this button to pop up the Reaction

Curve dialog box that displays the reaction curve of the selected test.

For more information about the Reaction Curve dialog box, refer to Reaction Curve in this section.

Delete

After selecting a test, click this button to pop up the Delete dialog box, where you can delete relevant results.

Default

Print

For more information about the Delete dialog box, refer to Delete

Results

in this section.

After selecting a test that has replicate or rerun results, click this button to pop up the Set Defaults dialog box, where you can set the selected test result as default to be printed.

For more information about the Set Defaults dialog box, refer to

Default

in this section.

After selecting a test, click this button to pop up the Print dialog box, where you can print relevant results.

For more information about the Print dialog box, refer to Print

Results

in this section.

Trend Curve

This button is only available when you select (View Results) By

Test.

After selecting a test, click this button to pop up the Result

Trend Curve dialog box, where you can view the result trend curve of the selected test.

Send

For more information about the Result Trend Curve dialog box, refer to Result Trend Curve in this section.

After selecting a test result, click this button to pop up the Send

Test Results dialog box, where you can send test results to LIS host.

For more information about the Send Test Results dialog box, refer to Send Results in this section.

4.6.2.1 Conditions

At the History screen, click Search to pop up the Conditions dialog box, as shown in Figure 4-16, where you can enter the conditions to search the results you want.

4-20 4 Advanced Operations

Figure 4-16 Conditions Dialog Box

The following table explains the parameters of the dialog box.

The parameters of this dialog box constitute the searching conditions. Void means the parameter is exclusive.

Parameter Description

Date/Time

Select date and time when samples are analyzed.

The first drop-down list box is start date and the second is end date.

Sample ID

Enter the No. of samples you want to search.

The first edit box is start No. and the second is end No.

Name

Gender

Name of the patient.

Gender of the patient.

STAT

Test

Whether the sample results to be searched are STAT or not.

Name of the test.

Age

MRN

Age of the patients. You must select the unit of the age.

Medical record number of the patient.

The first edit box is start No. and the second is end No.

4 Advanced Operations 4-21

Parameter Description

Admission

No.

Admission No. of the patients.

The first edit box is start No. and the second is end No.

Bed No.

Bed No. of the patients.

The first edit box is start No. and the second is end No.

Department

The department by which the samples are sent.

Sample Type The type of the samples.

Zone No.

No. of patient zone where the patient stays.

Bar Code

The barcode information of the sample.

SS No.

Medical insurance No. or social insurance No.

The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box.

Button Function

Search

After setting the conditions, click this button, and then the system will search results according to the conditions and display the qualified ones on the History screen.

Cancel

Click this button to exit this dialog box without searching.

4.6.2.2 Add Off-system Test Results

At the History screen, click Add to pop up the Add Off-system Tests dialog box, as shown in Figure 4-17, where you can set off-system test results for samples.

NOTE

The test that is not run on this analyzer is considered as off-system test, which can be printed out in the patient report.

Figure 4-17 Add Off-system Tests Dialog Box

4-22 4 Advanced Operations

The following table explains the parameters of the dialog box.

Parameter Description

Test

Name of the off-system test.

Full Name

Full name of the off-system test. It cannot be edited.

Result Type

Property of the off-system test. It cannot be edited.

Unit

Unit of the off-system test result. It cannot be edited. It’s only available for quantitative off-system test.

Sample ID

No. of the samples.

The first edit box is starting No. and the second is ending No.

Date

Result

The date when the off-system test was run.

Result of the off-system test. For a qualitative test, it is a drop-down list box; for a quantitative test, it is an edit box.

NOTE

If some samples in the range of Sample ID either are inexistent or have results of the selected off-system test, the analyzer will ignore these samples and only set results for others in the range of Sample

ID.

The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box.

Button Function

OK

After setting the off-system test result for the selected sample, click this button to save settings.

Cancel

After setting the off-system test result for the selected sample, click this button to cancel settings.

Close

Click this button to exit the Add Off-system Tests dialog box.

4.6.2.3 Compensate Results

At the History screen, after selecting (View Results) By Test and a test, click

Compen. to pop up the Compensate Results dialog box, as shown in Figure 4-18, where you can edit (including Linear Transform and Calibration Transform) the searched sample results of the selected test.

NOTE

Compensation is not available for calculation tests and off-system tests.

If the compensated test is also a part of a calculation test, the analyzer will automatically recalculate the calculation test with the latest test result.

4 Advanced Operations 4-23

Figure 4-18 Compensate Results Dialog Box

4-24

The following table explains the parameters of the dialog box.

Parameter Description

Test

Name of the test, which means to transform the searched results of this test.

Linear

Transform

Select to transform all searched results of the selected test in linear way with the formula Y＝aX+b.

Where,

Calibration

Transform

Rule

Formula

Rgt. Blk.

K

R0

X – The result before being transformed.

Y – The result after being transformed. a, b – Coefficients of the linear transform, which can be entered in the edit box.

Select to transform all searched results of the selected test through calibration, which means to recalculate the results with the default calibration parameters.

The calibration rule used to obtain the default calibration parameters.

The calibration formula used to obtain the default calibration parameters.

Reagent blank.

Parameter K.

Parameter R0.

4 Advanced Operations

Parameter Description

A

Parameter A.

B

Parameter B.

C

Parameter C.

D

Parameter D.

The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box.

Button Function

Next

Click this button to view next test.

Previous

Click this button to view previous test.

OK

Click this button to start transforming all searched results of the selected test in linear way or through calibration.

Cancel

Click this button to cancel the linear or calibration transform.

Close

Click this button to close the Compensate Results dialog box.

4.6.2.4 Edit Results

At the History screen, after selecting a test that is finished or has no result or selecting an off-system test, click Edit to pop up the Edit Results dialog box, as shown in Figure 4-19, where you can edit result of the selected test.

4 Advanced Operations 4-25

Figure 4-19 Edit Results Dialog Box

4-26

The following table explains some parameters of the dialog box.

Parameter Description

Orig. Result

Result of the test calculated by the system. It cannot be edited.

Cur. Result

Default result of the test. If the test has not been edited, the result is the original one; otherwise, the result is the latest one.

Remark

Remarks on the test.

Description

Description of the test result.

History Recor Historical modification record, including time, modifier and results

The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box.

Button Function

Add

Click this button to add the selected Description to Remark.

Previous

Click this button to display the previous test result for the current sample.

Next

Click this button to display the next test result for the current sample.

OK

Click this button to save modification to the test result.

4 Advanced Operations

COV

CSD

FAC

COL

DUP

MON

CCE

NID

NDP

UCL

RFL

RFH

ABL

ABH

RBL

RBH

MBL

MBH

SBL

SBH

Flag

NBP

NLN

LNE

RCE

ROL

ROH

LRL

LRH

Button Function

Cancel

Click this button to cancel modification to the test result.

Close Click this button to exit the Edit Results dialog box.

Some measurements or data may influence the test results, though not serious, will disturb your judgment. When printing or searching test results, pay much attention to those ones that are flagged by “!”. The following table describes all flags that are used on the system.

Description

No balance point

No linearity range

Linearity of reaction curve too low

Response calculation error

Response lower than that of weakest calibrator

Response higher than that of strongest calibrator

Concentration lower than linearity low limit

Concentration exceeds linearity high limit

Concentration too low

Concentration too high

Absorbance too low

Absorbance too high

Reagent blank too low

Reagent blank too high

R2 blank too low

R2 blank too high

Sample blank too low

Sample blank too high

Calibration parameter calculation failed

Calibration SD too high

Factor difference too high

Correlation coefficient too low

Incomplete replicate calibration data

Calibration curve not monotonic

Concentration calculation failed

Incomplete test data

Incomplete replicate test data

Out of control

4 Advanced Operations 4-27

ASD

R2D

LDD

EDP

Sample dispensing delayed

R2 dispensing delayed

Photoelectric measurement delayed

Replicate error too high

BRL

BRH

Blank response too low

Blank response too high

SEN Calibration sensitivity too low

ICB Incubation

ETR Measurement range exceeded

RCC Calibration result calculated

4.6.2.5 Reaction Curve

At the History screen, after selecting a test, click Reac. Curve to pop up the

Reaction Curve dialog box, as shown in Figure 4-20, where you can view the reaction curve of the test.

Figure 4-20 Reaction Curve Dialog Box

4-28

The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box.

4 Advanced Operations

Button Function

Refresh

Click this button to refresh the current reaction curve.

Reac. Data

Click this button to pop up a dialog box to display the reaction data of current curve.

Click Print to print the reaction data.

Delete

Click this button to pop up the dialog box as shown below.

Print

Previous

Next

Close

Click OK to delete the selected test, click Cancel to abort the deletion.

Click this button to print the current reaction curve.

Click this button to display the reaction curve of the previous test for the current sample.

Click this button to display the reaction curve of the next test for the current sample.

Click this button to close the Reaction Curve dialog box.

4.6.2.6 Delete Results

At the History screen, after selecting a sample and a test, click Delete to pop up the

Delete dialog box, as shown in Figure 4-21, where you can delete relevant test results.

4 Advanced Operations 4-29

Figure 4-21 Delete Dialog Box

The following table explains the parameters of the dialog box.

Parameter Description

Results of

Selected

Sample

Delete all searched results of the selected sample.

Currently

Selected

Result

Delete the test result currently selected.

Selected Test

All Results

Delete all results currently searched.

The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box.

Button Function

OK

Click this button to pop up the following dialog box.

Cancel

Click OK to delete the specified result(s); click Cancel to abort the deletion.

Click this button to cancel the deletion.

4.6.2.7 Default

At the History screen, select a sample that has replicate or rerun results, click

Default to display the following dialog box.

4-30 4 Advanced Operations

Figure 4-22 Set Defaults Dialog Box

The following table explains the parameters of the dialog box.

Parameter Description

Reac. Curve

After selecting a test result, click this button to pop up the

Reaction Curve dialog box.

OK

Close

Click this button to set the selected result as default result of selected test.

Click this button to close the dialog box.

4.6.2.8 Print Results

At the History screen, after selecting a test, click Print to pop up the Print dialog box, as shown in Figure 4-23, where you can print relevant results.

4 Advanced Operations 4-31

Figure 4-23 Print Dialog Box

The following table explains the parameters of the dialog box.

Parameter Description

Results of

Selected

Sample

Print all searched results of the selected sample.

Currently

Selected

Result

Print the test result currently selected.

Selected Test

All Results

Print all results currently searched.

Skip Printed

Select this checkbox to neglect the results that are already printed.

The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box.

Button Function

OK

Click this button to print the specified result(s).

Cancel

Click this button to cancel printing.

4.6.2.9 Result Trend Curve

At the History screen, after selecting (View Results) By Test and a test, click the

Trend Curve button to pop up the Result Trend Curve, as shown in Figure 4-24, where you can view the result trend curve of the selected test.

4-32 4 Advanced Operations

Figure 4-24 Result Trend Curve Screen

The following table explains the parameters of the screen.

Parameter Description

Date/Time

Request time of the run, It corresponds to the blue point on the result trend curve.

Sample ID

Sample ID of the run. It corresponds to the blue point on the result trend curve.

Test

The test that is corresponding to the result trend curve.

Result

The result of the run that is corresponding to the blue point on the result trend curve.

Reference

Range

The reference range of the run that is corresponding to the blue point on the result trend curve.

The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box.

Button Function

Previous

Click this button to display the testing information of the previous run, which is corresponding to the blue point on the curve.

Next

Click this button to display the testing information of the next run, which is corresponding to the blue point on the curve.

Print

Click this button to print the current curve.

Close

Click this button to close the Result Trend Curve dialog box.

4 Advanced Operations 4-33

4.6.2.10 Send Results

At the History screen, after selecting a test, click Send to pop up the Send Test

Results dialog box, as shown in Figure 4-25, where you can send test results to LIS host.

NOTE:

Sending results to LIS host is allowed only when the system is connected to LIS successfully.

Figure 4-25 Send Test Results Dialog Box

The following table explains the parameters on the dialog box.

Parameter Description

Of Selected

Sample

Send all test results of selected sample.

Of Selected

Run

Send currently selected test result.

Of Selected

Send all sample results of selected test.

Test

All

Send all results searched.

Skip Sent

Select this check box to neglect the results that are already sent to LIS.

The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box.

Button Function

OK

Click this button to send the specified test results to LIS.

Cancel

Click this button to abort the sending oepration.

4.7 Replace

To replace the cuvettes, click Replace to pop up the dialog box, as shown in Figure

4-26.

4-34 4 Advanced Operations

Figure 4-26 Confirm Dialog Box 4

The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box.

Button Function

OK

Click this button to pop up the Replace dialog box, as shown in

Figure 4-26.

Cancel

Click this button to cancel replacing.

Figure 4-27 Replace Dialog Box

4 Advanced Operations 4-35

The following table explains the parameters of the dialog box.

Parameter Description

Current

You can load/unload a cuvette segment at this position on the reaction disk. It cannot be edited.

Next

You will load/unload a cuvette segment at this position on the reaction disk for the next time.

Keep Cuvettes

Select to rotate the reaction disk without loading/unloading the current cuvette segment, and the status of current cuvette segment will not be changed.

Retest

Background

If this parameter is selected, you have no need to do anything to the current cuvette segment.

Select to re-test the background after unloading the current cuvette segment. Ensure the current cuvette segment has been unloaded before selecting.

The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box.

Button Function

Replace

After setting the parameters, if you have selected Keep

Cuvettes, click this button to announce the analyzing unit to execute the replacing operation.

Finish

After setting the parameters, if you have not selected Keep

Cuvettes, replace the cuvette segment manually, and then click this button to announce the analyzing unit to execute the replacing operation.

Click this button to finish replacing.

CAUTION

Ensure to place new cuvettes into the reaction disk when replacing cuvettes.

After replacing the cuvettes, be sure to close the small window on the reaction disk; otherwise the reaction temperature may be influenced.

When installing new reaction cuvettes, make sure to place them steadily on the reaction disk.

4.8 Relog

If you need to log on the operating software with other username, click this button to pop up the dialog box, as shown in Figure 4-28.

4-36 4 Advanced Operations

Figure 4-28 Confirm Dialog Box 5

The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box.

Button Function

OK

Click this button to pop up the dialog box to enter the username and password, and then you can log on as the user.

Cancel

Click this button to cancel relogging.

4.9 Exit

Click Exit to pop up the dialog box, as shown in Figure 4-29.

Figure 4-29 Confirm Dialog Box 6

The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box.

Button Function

OK

Click this button to prepare for exiting the operating software and pop up the dialog box, as shown in Figure 4-29. Then you can operate according to the dialog box and following ones until exiting the operating software.

4 Advanced Operations 4-37

Button Function

Cancel

Click this button to cancel exiting.

Figure 4-30 Shutdown Dialog Box

4.10 Reagent

Click Reagent to enter the Reagent Setup screen, as shown in Figure 4-31, where you can edit the reagent information.

Figure 4-31 Reagent Setup Screen

4-38 4 Advanced Operations

The Reagents list displays the reagent information of all tests.

The following table explains the parameters on the screen.

Parameter Description

Test

Select a test to edit the reagent information.

Position

Position of the reagent bottle on the reagent disk.

The first drop-down list box is the No. of virtual reagent disk, and the second is the position on the reagent disk.

Bottle Type

Types of reagent bottle include Large bottle and Small bottle.

Estimated

Estimated volume of the reagent to consume. The unit is μl. The volume cannot be edited.

Exp. Date

Expiration date of the reagent.

Lot No.

Lot No. of the reagent.

Bottle No.

Bottle No. of the reagent.

Bar Code

Bar code of the reagent.

The following table introduces the buttons on the screen.

Button Function

OK

Click this button to save the reagent information set for the selected test.

Cancel

Click this button to cancel the reagent information set for the selected test.

4.11 Calibration

Click Calibration to enter the screen, where you can request calibration, view calibration results and set calibrator information.

The following sections introduce the Calibration screen by tab.

4.11.1 Calibration Request

The Calibration Request screen, as shown in Figure 4-32, is where you can request calibration.

4 Advanced Operations 4-39

Figure 4-32 Calibration Request Screen

CAUTION

You need to run the calibration again when you change reagent lots, test parameters, lamp or other analysis conditions.

The reagent blank is vital to obtaining correct analysis results. The blank results can assist in determining whether the reagents have expired, or whether the reaction background should be deducted, and in eliminating the absorbance changes caused by the reagents themselves. We recommend the reagent blank be run on a daily base.

The analyzer will use the result of the previous reagent blank run for double-reagent tests that use endpoint method if no new reagent blank result is available.

NOTE

In the Tests field, different background colors of the test refer to different meanings:

Blue means the test is selected;

White means the test is selectable;

Gray means the test is unselectable, and if the pointer of the mouse is stopped on it for a while, the system will remind you of the reason why it is unselectable.

4-40 4 Advanced Operations

The following table introduces the buttons on the Calibration Request screen.

Button Function

OK

After selecting calibration tests, click this button to finish requesting.

Refer to the following text To Request Calibration for specific operations.

Cancel

After selecting calibration tests, click this button to cancel requesting.

Refer to the following text To Request Calibration for specific operations.

Change

Position

After selecting a calibrator in the Calibrator area, click this button to pop up the Change Position dialog box.

For more information about the Change Position dialog box, refer to the following text To Reset Position of a Calibrator.

To Request Calibration

1 Select a type in the Request Type area.

Where,

Calibration refers to running calibration directly without testing the reagent blank;

Rgt. Blk refers to testing the reagent blank only.

Calib.+Rgt. Blk. refers to testing the reagent blank and then calibrating.

2 Select a test(s) in the Tests list.

3 If you confirm to calibrate the selected tests, click OK.

To Reset Position of a Calibrator

At the Calibration Request screen, after selecting a calibrator, click Change

Position to pop up the Change Position dialog box, as shown in Figure 4-33, where you can reset position of the selected calibrator on the sample disk.

Figure 4-33 Change Position Dialog Box

4 Advanced Operations 4-41

The following table explains the parameters of the dialog box.

Parameter Description

Old

Current position of the selected calibrator on the sample disk.

New

New position of the selected calibrator on the sample disk.

Disk

No. of virtual sample disk.

Void means that the selected calibrator is not on the sample disk.

Position

Position of the calibrator on the selected virtual sample disk.

Void means that the selected calibrator is not on the sample disk.

The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box.

Button Function

Probe Stop

If the system is in testing status, and the calibrator position to be changed or the target position is on the sample disk currently running, you should first stop the probe, the mixing bar and the sample/reagent disk.

Click this button to stop the probe, the mixing bar, the sample/reagent disk, and the button will change into Resume.

OK

Cancel

After exchanging the positions, click Resume to continue.

Click this button to save the new position you have set.

Click this button to cancel the new position you have set.

CAUTION

Do not put the probe, the mixing bar and the sample/reagent disk on hold for a long time. Otherwise, certain analyses may be affected.

4.11.2 Results

The Results screen, as shown in Figure 4-34, is where you can view the calibration results.

4-42 4 Advanced Operations

Figure 4-34 Results Screen

In the View area, Current refers to the default calibration parameters of each test, and History refers to all calibration results. The Test drop-down list box is only available when History is selected.

NOTE

This analyzer uses the default calibration parameters to calculate the sample concentrations.

This analyzer will automatically set the latest parameters (including the parameters obtained through calibration run, editing, calculation) as the default.

The middle of the screen displays the tests, status and calibration parameters, etc.

An “!” showed on the left of the test name means that after you click the Data button there is remark in the dialog box popped up.

The following table introduces the buttons on the screen.

Button Function

Calib. Curve

Click this button to pop up the Calibration Curve dialog box, where you can view a calibration curve.

For more information about the Calibration Curve dialog box, refer to the following text Calibration Curve.

Reac. Curve

Click this button to pop up the Calibration Reaction Curve dialog box, where you can view a reaction curve.

For more information about the Calibration Reaction Curve dialog box, refer to the following text Calibration Reaction

Curve.

4 Advanced Operations 4-43

Button Function

Rgt. Blk.

After selecting a result, click this button to pop up the Reagent

Blank Trend Curve dialog box, where you can view the reagent blank curve for the selected result.

Data

For more information about the Reagent Blank Trend Curve dialog box, refer to the following text Reagent Blank Trend

Curve

.

After selecting a result, click this button to pop up the

Calibration Data dialog box, where you can view all the calibration data of the selected result.

Print

Default

For more information about the Calibration Data dialog box, refer to the following text Calibration Data.

Click this button to print the list in the middle of the Results screen.

This button is available only when History is selected in the

View area.

Delete

Click this button to set the selected calibration result as the default calibration parameters of this test.

After selecting a calibration result, click this button to pop up the following dialog box.

4-44

Rerun

Click OK to delete the selected calibration result or click Cancel to abort the deletion.

This button is available only when Current is selected in the

View area.

After selecting a calibration result, click this button to rerun calibration for the test and the current result is saved.

Calibration Curve

At the Results screen, click Calib. Curve to pop up the Calibration Curve dialog box, as shown in Figure 4-35, which is used to display a calibration curve.

4 Advanced Operations

Figure 4-35 Calibration Curve Dialog Box

In the Calibration Curve dialog box, select a test in the Test drop-down list box to view its calibration curve.

The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box.

Button Function

Range

Click this button to pop up the following dialog box, where you can set the X/Y-coordinate ranges of the current calibration curve.

Refresh

Print

Previous

Next

Close

Click this button to refresh the current calibration curve.

Click this button to print the current calibration curve.

Click this button to display the calibration curve of the previous result.

Click this button to display the calibration curve of the next result.

Click this button to close the Calibration Curve dialog box.

4 Advanced Operations 4-45

Calibration Reaction Curve

At the Results screen, click Reac. Curve to pop up the Calibration Reaction

Curve dialog box, as shown in Figure 4-36, which is used to display a calibration reaction curve.

Figure 4-36 Calibration Reaction Curve Dialog Box

4-46

In the Calibration Reaction Curve dialog box, after selecting a test in the Test drop-down list box and a calibrator in the Calibrator drop-down list box, you can view the reaction curve of the selected test with the selected calibrator.

The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box.

Button Function

Refresh

Click this button to refresh the current reaction curve.

Print

Click this button to print the current reaction curve.

Previous

Click this button to display the reaction curve of current test with the previous calibrator.

Next

Click this button to display the reaction curve of current test with the next calibrator.

Close

Click this button to close the Calibration Reaction Curve dialog box.

Reagent Blank Trend Curve

At the Results screen, click Rgt. Blk. to pop up the Reagent Blank Trend Curve dialog box, as shown in Figure 4-37, which is used to display the reagent blank trend curve of the selected calibration result.

4 Advanced Operations

Figure 4-37 Reagent Blank Trend Curve Dialog Box

The following table explains some parameters of the dialog box.

Parameter Description

View

There are two options as Measured and Estimated. The former refers to displaying the measured values and the latter refers to displaying the estimated values.

The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box.

Button Function

Refresh

Click this button to refresh the current reagent blank trend curve.

Print

Click this button to print the current reagent blank trend curve.

Previous

Click this button to display the reagent blank value of previous point.

Next

Click this button to display the reagent blank value of next point.

4 Advanced Operations 4-47

Button Function

Delete

Click this button to pop up the following dialog box.

Close

Click OK to delete the reagent blank value of current point; click

Cancel to abort the deletion.

Click this button to close the Reagent Blank Trend Curve dialog box.

Calibration Data

At the Results screen, after selecting a calibration result, click Data to pop up the

Calibration Data dialog box, as shown in Figure 4-38, which is used to display the calibration data of the selected result, and recalculate or modify the calibration parameters.

Figure 4-38 Calibration Data Dialog Box

4-48 4 Advanced Operations

The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box.

Button Function

Reac. Curve

Click this button to pop up the Reaction Curve dialog box as shown below.

Delete

In the Reaction Curve dialog box, click Previous or Next to display the previous or the next reaction curve; click Reac. Data to pop up a dialog box to display the reaction data of the curve; click Print to print current reaction curve; click Close to close the

Reaction Curve dialog box.

After selecting a calibrator, click this button to pop up the following dialog box.

Rerun

Change

Click OK to delete the selected test data; click Cancel to abort the deletion.

Click this button to rerun the calibration test. This button is only available for the calibration runs of current day since powering on which have been finished or have no results. Current calibration test data will be deleted.

Click this button to enable recalculating or modifying calibration parameters.

4 Advanced Operations 4-49

Button Function

Recalculate

After clicking the Change button and selecting the calibrator and calibration rule, click this button to recalculate the parameters with the new calibration rule.

OK

You can modify the calibration parameters directly only after you have recalculated them successfully.

After successful recalculation or calibration parameters modification, click this button to save the change.

Cancel

Close

Refer to the following text To Recalculate or Modify Calibration

Parameters

for details.

After successful recalculation or calibration parameters modification, click this button to abort the change.

Refer to the following text To Recalculate or Modify Calibration

Parameters

for details.

Click this button to close the Calibration Data dialog box.

To Recalculate or Modify Calibration Parameters

1 Click Change button.

2 Select a rule in the Rule drop-down list box.

3 Select test data according to the selected rule.

Recalculate to recalculate the calibration parameters with selected rule and calibrators.

5 If you do not want to modify the calibration parameters after recalculating, go to step 7;

Otherwise, go directly to the next step.

6 Modify the parameters in the Parameters area.

4.11.3 Calibrator

The Calibrator screen, as shown in Figure 4-39, is where you can set the basic information and concentration of calibrators.

4-50 4 Advanced Operations

Figure 4-39 Calibrator Screen

The following table explains the parameters on the screen.

Parameter Description

Name

Name of the calibrator.

No.

No. of the calibrator

Lot No.

Lot No. of the calibrator.

Exp. Date

The calibrator is effective before this date.

Level

Concentration level of the calibrator. It includes High, Medium and Low.

Position

Position of the calibrator on the sample disk.

Conc.

The first drop-down list box is the No. of virtual sample disk, and the second is the position on the sample disk.

It refers to concentration of the selected calibrator for the selected test.

NOTE

Ensure the right expiration date is set so that the analyzer can correctly judge whether the calibrator has expired.

4 Advanced Operations 4-51

The following table introduces the buttons on the screen.

Button Function

Add

Click this button to add new calibrators to the Calibrators list.

Delete

After selecting a calibrator in the Calibrators list, click this button to pop up the following dialog box.

OK

Cancel

Click OK to delete the selected calibrator; click Cancel to abort the deletion.

Click this button to save modification to calibrator information.

Refer to the following text To Modify Calibrator Information for detailed operations.

Click this button to cancel modification to calibrator information.

Refer to the following text To Modify Calibrator Information for detailed operations.

To Modify Calibrator Information

1 Select a calibrator in the Calibrators list.

2 If you don’t need to modify the basic information of the selected calibrator, proceed to the next step.

Otherwise, modify the basic information in the Calibrator Information area.

3 If you don’t need to modify the concentration of the selected calibrator, proceed to the next step.

Otherwise, after selecting a test in the Tests list, enter concentration in the

Conc. edit box.

4 If you want to save the modification, click OK.

4.11.4 ISE

The ISE screen, as shown in Figure 4-40 is where you can view ISE calibration results.

4-52 4 Advanced Operations

Figure 4-40 ISE Screen

The following table explains the parameters on the screen.

Parameter Description

View Latest

By selecting View Latest, you can view all ISE calibration results of current day.

Search History

By selecting Search History, you can search historical calibration results of ISE analytes before the current day.

The following table introduces the button on the screen.

Button Function

Refresh

When more ISE calibrations are run, you can click this button to refresh and display the latest calibration results.

Search

Click this button to pop up the Search Calibration Results dialog box, where you can set conditions and search the qualified results.

Print

For more information about the Search Calibration Results dialog box, refer to the following text Search ISE Calibration

Results

.

Click this button to print all calibration results in the result list.

Delete

Click this button to delete the selected calibration result.

Search ISE Calibration Results

At the ISE screen, click Search to pop up the Search Calibration Results dialog box, as shown in Figure 4-41, where you can search the ISE calibration results that meet the conditions.

4 Advanced Operations 4-53

Figure 4-41 Search Calibration Results Dialog Box

The following table explains the parameters of the dialog box.

Parameter Description

Date From

Start date of ISE calibrations that you want to search.

To

End date of ISE calibrations that you want to search.

The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box.

Button Function

OK

Click this button to search for calibration runs that meet the conditions you have set.

Cancel

Click this button to cancel searching.

4.12 QC

Click QC to enter the screen, which is used to display results of real-time QC, daily

QC and day-to-day QC and set controls.

The following sections introduce the QC screen by tab.

4.12.1 Real-time QC

The Real-time QC screen, as shown in Figure 4-42, is used to display the Westgard

Multi-rule QC graph for the recent 10 QCs of the current day.

4-54 4 Advanced Operations

Figure 4-42 Real-time QC Screen

The following table explains the parameters on the screen.

Parameter Description

Test Select the test you need to view.

Rule

Controls

QC Result

It refers to the Westgard Multi-rule and cannot be edited.

It displays the calibrators, concentration levels and SDs of the selected test.

It displays the QC result of the selected test.

The following table introduces the button on the screen.

Button Function

Print Click this button to print the real-time QC plot currently displayed.

4.12.2 Daily QC

The Daily QC screen, as shown in Figure 4-43, is used to display the QC results of the selected test within one day.

4 Advanced Operations 4-55

Figure 4-43 Daily QC Screen

The following table explains the parameters on the screen.

Parameter Description

Tabular Data Select to display QC data on the screen.

Graphical

Data

Select to display QC graph on the screen.

Test

Date

Rule

Select the test you need to view.

Select the testing date of the QC results that you need to view.

It includes Westgard multi-rule, Cumulative Sum Check and

TWIN-PLO rule.

Control 1

Control 2

Select the first control.

Select the second control

4-56 4 Advanced Operations

The following table introduces the buttons on the screen.

Button Function

Refresh After setting or changing searching conditions, the system will not refresh the searching results automatically. You need to click this button to refresh and display the latest results.

Click this button to pop up the following dialog box.

Print

Delete

Click OK to display the latest searching results; click Cancel to abort refreshing.

Click this button to print the tabular data or graphical data currently displayed.

Only the QC results of the current day can be deleted.

Select one of the searched QC results. If it is of the current day, the button will be available. Click this button to pop up the following dialog box.

Reaction

Curve

Send

Click OK to delete the selected result; click Cancel to abort the deletion.

After selecting a QC result, click this button to pop up the QC

Reaction Curve dialog box, which is used to display the reaction curve of the selected QC result.

For more information about the QC Reaction Curve dialog box, refer to the following text QC Reaction Curve.

Click this button to send the selected QC result to LIS host.

This button is available only when the analyzer is connected to

LIS.

4 Advanced Operations 4-57

QC Reaction Curve

At the Daily QC screen, after selecting a QC result, click Reac. Curve to pop up the

QC Reaction Curve dialog box, as shown in Figure 4-44, where you can view the reaction curve of the selected QC result.

Figure 4-44 QC Reaction Curve Dialog Box

The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box.

Button Function

Refresh Click this button to refresh the current reaction curve.

Rerun

Print

Click this button to re-request the current QC run. It is only available for the QC runs of current day since powering on which have been finished or have no results.

Click this button to print the current reaction curve.

Reac. Data Click this button to pop up a dialog box to display the reaction data of the curve.

Close Click this button to close the QC Reaction Curve dialog box.

4.12.3 Day to Day QC

The Day to Day QC screen, as shown in Figure 4-45, is used to display the QC results of the selected test among days.

4-58 4 Advanced Operations

Figure 4-45 Day to Day QC Screen

The following table explains the parameters on the screen.

Parameter Description

Tabular Data Select to display QC data on the screen.

Select to display QC graph on the screen. Graphical

Data

Test

Date

Select the test you need to view.

Select the start date and end date of the QC results you need to view.

Rule

Control 1

Control 2

The first drop-down box is start date, and the second one is the end date.

It includes Westgard Multi-rule, Cumulative Sum Check and

TWIN-PLOT rule.

Select the first control.

Select the second control.

4 Advanced Operations 4-59

The following table introduces the buttons on the screen.

Button Function

Refresh After setting or changing searching conditions, the system will not refresh the searching results automatically. You need to click this button to refresh and display the latest results.

Click this button to pop up the following dialog box.

Print

Delete

Click OK to display the latest searching results; click Cancel to abort refreshing.

Click this button to print the tabular data or graphical data currently displayed.

Only the QC results of the current day can be deleted.

Select one of the searched QC results. If it is of the current day, the button will be available. Click this button to pop up the following dialog box.

4-60

Reaction

Curve

Send

Click OK to delete the selected result; click Cancel to abort the deletion.

After selecting one of the searched QC results, click this button to pop up the QC Reaction Curve dialog box, which is used to display the reaction curve of the selected QC result.

For more information about the QC Reaction Curve dialog box, refer to the following text QC Reaction Curve.

Click this button to send selected QC result to LIS host.

This button is available only when the analyzer is connected to

LIS.

4 Advanced Operations

QC Reaction Curve

At the Day to Day QC screen, after selecting one of the searched QC results, click

Reaction Curve to pop up the QC Reaction Curve dialog box, as shown in Figure

4-46, where you can view the reaction curve of the selected QC result.

Figure 4-46 QC Reaction Curve Dialog Box

The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box.

Button Function

Refresh Click this button to refresh the current reaction curve.

Rerun

Print

Click this button to re-request the current QC run. It is only available for the QC runs of current day since powering on which have been finished or have no results.

Click this button to print the current reaction curve.

Reac. Data Click this button to pop up a dialog box to display the reaction data of the curve.

Close Click this button to close the QC Reaction Curve dialog box.

4.12.4 Control

The Control screen, as shown in Figure 4-47, is where you can set the basic information, concentration and SD of a control.

4 Advanced Operations 4-61

Figure 4-47 Control Screen

4-62

The following table explains the parameters on the screen.

Parameter Description

Name Name of the control.

No.

Exp. Date

Lot No.

No. of the control

The control is effective before this date.

Lot No. of the control.

Level

Position

Concentration level of the control It includes High, Medium and

Low.

Position of the control on the sample disk.

The first drop-down list box is the No. of virtual sample disk, and the second one is the position on the sample disk.

Mean Conc. Enter the mean concentration of the selected control for the selected test.

SD Enter the SD of the selected control for the selected test.

NOTE

Ensure the right expiration date is set so that the analyzer can correctly judge whether the control has expired.

4 Advanced Operations

The following table introduces the buttons on the screen.

Button Function

Add Click this button to add a new control to the Controls list.

Delete After selecting a control in the Controls list, click this button to pop up the following dialog box.

OK

Cancel

Click OK to delete the selected control; click Cancel to abort the deletion.

Click this button to save modification to relevant control information.

Refer to the following text To Modify Control Information for detailed operations.

Click this button to cancel modification to relevant control information.

Refer to the following text To Modify Control Information for detailed operations.

To Modify Control Information

1 Select a control in the Controls list.

2 If you don’t need to modify the basic information of the selected control, proceed to the next step.

Otherwise, modify the basic information in the Control Information area.

3 If you don’t need to modify the concentration and SD of the selected control, proceed to the next step.

Otherwise, after selecting a test in the Tests list, enter concentration in the

Conc. edit box and SD in the SD edit box. You can repeat this step.

4 If you want to save the modification, click OK, otherwise click Cancel.

4.12.5 QC Summary

The screen of QC Summary is shown as figure 4-48. It is used to check the result statistic of the QC tests.

4 Advanced Operations 4-63

Figure 4-48 QC Summary

The following table introduces the parameters on the screen.

Parameter Description

Test Result Select to display the test results related to the target QC control

Test Statistics Select to display the statistics of the test results related to the target QC control

Date Select the start date and end date of the QC results you need to view. The first drop-down box is start date and the second one is the end date.

Control Select the target QC control

4-64 4 Advanced Operations

The following table introduces the buttons on the screen.

Button Function

Refresh After setting or changing searching conditions, the system will not refresh the searching results automatically. You need to click this button to refresh and display the latest results.

After select searching conditions, click this button to pop up the following dialog box

Print

Delete

Click OK to display the latest searching results; click Cancel to abort refreshing.

Click this button, print the QC test results and test statistics currently displayed.

Select a QC test result data, then click this button to pop up the following dialog:

Reaction

Curve

Click OK to delete the selected QC test result; Click Cancel to abort the deletion.

After selecting one of the searched QC test results, click this button to pop up the QC Reaction Curve dialog, which displays the reaction curve of the selected QC test result.

For more information about the QC Reaction Curve dialog, refer to the QC Reaction Curve in section 4.12.2 Daily QC

4 Advanced Operations 4-65

4.13 Status

Click Status to enter the screen, which is used to display the current status of the sample disk, reagent disk and reaction disk.

The following sections introduce the Status screen by tab.

4.13.1 Sample Disk

The Sample Disk screen, as shown in Figure 4-49, is used to display the current status of the sample disk.

Figure 4-49 Sample Disk Screen

4-66

At this screen, the sample disk graph on the left displays current status of each sample position. Click a position to display its sample information (calibrators and controls) on the right.

The following table introduces the buttons on the screen.

NOTE

If the remaining sample (calibrator or control) is not enough or exhausted, you must click the Refresh button after adding more.

Button Function

Refresh

When a sample (calibrator or control) is not enough or exhausted, after adding more to it, click the sample position on the sample disk graph, and then click Refresh to refresh its status.

4 Advanced Operations

Button Function

Change Pos. After selecting a virtual sample disk from the Disk drop-down list box and a sample position on the sample disk graph, click

Change Pos. to pop up the Change Position dialog box, where you can change position of the selected sample.

Release All

For more information about the Change Position dialog box, refer to the following text To Reset Sample Position.

After selecting a virtual sample disk from the Disk drop-down list box, click this button to pop up the following dialog box.

Details

Click OK to release positions of all samples (exclusive of calibrators and controls) which have been tested; click Cancel to abort the releasing.

After selecting a sample, click this button to pop up the Sample

Information dialog box, where you can setup sample information

.

For more information about the Sample information dialog,

Refer to section 4.1.1 Sample information

To Reset Sample Position

At the Sample Disk screen, after selecting a virtual sample disk from the Disk drop-down list box and a sample position on the sample disk graph, click Change

Pos. to pop up the Change Position dialog box, as shown in Figure 4-50.

Figure 4-50 Change Position Dialog Box

4 Advanced Operations 4-67

The following table explains the parameters of the dialog box.

Parameter Description

Old

Current position of the selected sample (calibrator or control) on the sample disk.

New

New position of the selected sample (calibrator or control) on the sample disk.

Disk

No. of the virtual sample disk.

Void means the selected sample (calibrator or control) is not on the sample disk.

Position

Position on the selected virtual sample disk.

Void means the selected sample (calibrator or control) is not on the sample disk.

The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box.

Button Function

Probe stop

If the system is in testing status, and the sample (calibrator or control) position to be changed or the target position is on the sample disk currently running, you should first stop the probe, the mixing bar and the sample/reagent disk.

Click this button to stop the probe, the mixing bar and the sample/reagent disk, and the button will change into Resume.

After exchanging the positions, click Resume to continue.

OK

Cancel

Click this button to save the new sample position you have set.

Click this button to cancel the new sample position you have set.

CAUTION

Do not put the probe, the mixing bar and the sample/reagent disk on hold for a long time. Otherwise, certain analyses may be affected.

4.13.2 Reagent Disk

The Reagent Disk screen, as shown in Figure 4-51, is used to display the current status of the reagent disk.

4-68 4 Advanced Operations

Figure 4-51 Reagent Disk Screen

At this screen, the reagent disk graph on the left displays current status of each reagent position. Click a position to display its reagent information on the right.

NOTE

When you select one position of a double-reagent test, both of the two positions will be selected and their reagent information will be displayed on the right side.

If the remaining reagent (distilled water or wash solution) is not enough or exhausted, you must click the Refresh button after adding more.

The following table introduces the buttons on the screen.

Button Function

Refresh All

After adding more reagents (distilled water or wash solution) to all the bottles on the reagent disk, select the corresponding virtual reagent disk from the Disk drop-down list box and then click this button to refresh leftover of all the positions with bottles on the graph to full.

Refresh

When reagent (distilled water or wash solution) is not enough or exhausted, after adding more to it, select the corresponding virtual reagent disk from the Disk drop-down list box and the reagent position on the reagent disk graph, and then click this button to refresh leftover of the position on the graph to full.

4 Advanced Operations 4-69

Button Function

Place

After selecting a virtual reagent disk from the Disk drop-down list box and an empty position on the reagent disk graph, click this button to pop up the following dialog box.

Click OK to put the selected reagent in the selected reagent position; click Cancel to abort the setting.

Change Pos. After selecting a virtual reagent disk from the Disk drop-down list box and a reagent position on the reagent disk graph, click

Change Pos. to pop up the Change Position dialog box, where you can change position of the selected reagent.

For more information about the Change Position dialog box, refer to the following text To Reset Reagent Position.

Inventory

After selecting a virtual reagent disk from the Disk drop-down list box, click this button and a dialog box pops up.

Select reagent position(s) you want to check in the dialog box.

All means all the positions on the reagent disk; From … To … means some position(s) on the reagent disk.

Click OK and the system will check the remaining volume of the selected position(s); click Cancel to abort checking.

4-70 4 Advanced Operations

Button Function

Release All

After selecting a virtual reagent disk from the Disk drop-down list box, click this button to pop up the following dialog box.

Click OK to release all reagent positions on the reagent disk

(exclusive of No. 35 and No. 36); click Cancel to abort the releasing.

To Reset Reagent Position

At the Reagent Disk screen, after selecting a virtual reagent disk from the Disk drop-down list box and a reagent position on the reagent disk graph, click Change

Pos. to pop up the Change Position dialog box, as shown in Figure 4-52.

Figure 4-52 Change Position Dialog Box

The following table explains parameters of the dialog box.

Parameter Description

Old

Current position of the selected reagent on the reagent disk.

New

New position of the selected reagent on the reagent disk.

Disk

No. of the virtual reagent disk.

Void means the selected reagent is not on the reagent disk.

Position

Position on the selected virtual reagent disk.

Void means the selected reagent is not on the reagent disk.

4 Advanced Operations 4-71

The following table introduces buttons of the dialog box.

Button Function

Probe stop

If the system is in testing status, and the reagent position to be changed or the target position is on the reagent disk currently running, you should first stop the probe, the mixing bar and the sample/reagent disk.

Click this button to stop the probe, the mixing bar and the sample/reagent disk, and the button will change into Resume.

After exchanging the position, click Resume to continue.

OK

Cancel

Click this button to save the new reagent position you have set.

Click this button to cancel the new reagent position you have set.

CAUTION

Do not put the probe, the mixing bar and the sample/reagent disk on hold for a long time. Otherwise, certain analyses may be affected.

4.13.3 Reaction Disk

The Reaction Disk screen, as shown in Figure 4-53, is used to display the current status of the reaction disk.

Figure 4-53 Reaction Disk Screen

4-72

At this screen, the reaction disk graph on the left displays current status of each cuvette position. Click a position to display its sample and testing information on the right.

4 Advanced Operations

The following table introduces the buttons on the screen.

Button Function

Rerun

After clicking a cuvette that has been tested on the reaction disk graph, click this button to rerun the test with original result invalidated.

Reac. Curve

After selecting a cuvette that has been tested, click this button to pop up the Reaction Curve dialog box to view the reaction curve of the run.

4.14 Statistics

Click Statistics to enter the screen, which is used to display several kinds of statistical information.

The following sections introduce the Statistics screen by tab.

4.14.1 Worklist

The Worklist screen, as shown in Figure 4-54, is used to display statistical information of the tests and samples since powering on within the current day.

Figure 4-54 Worklist Screen

Select By Test to display statistical information by test, and select By Sample to display by sample.

4 Advanced Operations 4-73

NOTE

When By Test is selected, the calculation tests and the off-system tests are not included in the statistical information; When By Sample is selected, they are included in the statistical information.

Requested and Finished in the Statistics list refer to No. of runs.

The following table introduces the buttons on the screen.

Button Function

Refresh

The system will not refresh the statistical results automatically.

You need to click this button to refresh.

Print

Click this button to print the statistical results.

4.14.2 Results

The Results screen, as shown in Figure 4-55, is used to display the statistical graph and data of sample results.

Figure 4-55 Results Screen

4-74

On the statistical graph, X-coordinate refers to sample concentration, and

Y-coordinate refers to No. of runs.

4 Advanced Operations

The following table explains the parameters on the screen.

Parameter Description

Mean Conc.

Mean concentration, which is obtained by dividing sum of all searched sample results with the No. of runs.

Finished

No. of sample runs that have been finished.

SD

SD of calibration. It displays only when there’s one test result.

Ref. Range

Reference range of test result. It displays only when there’s one test result.

The following table introduces the buttons on the screen.

Button Function

Refresh

The system will not refresh the statistical results automatically.

You need to click this button to refresh.

Click this button to pop up the following dialog box.

Search

Range

Click OK to refresh and display the latest statistical results; click

Cancel to abort refreshing.

Click this button to pop up the Search dialog box, where you can set the searching conditions and search the qualified results.

For more information about the Search dialog box, refer to the following text Search.

Click this button to pop up the following dialog box, where you can set coordinate ranges of the statistical graph.

Print

Click this button to print the statistical results.

4 Advanced Operations 4-75

Search

At the Results screen, click Search to pop up the Search dialog box, as shown in

Figure 4-56, where you can search the sample results that meet the conditions.

Figure 4-56 Search Dialog Box

The following table explains the parameters of the dialog box.

NOTE

Void means the parameter is exclusive.

Parameter Description

Date

Date of sample runs that you want to search.

The first drop-down list box is start time, and the second one is end time.

Samp. Type

Type of the samples that you want to search.

Test

Test you want to search.

Gender

Gender of the patients you want to search.

Age

Age of the patients you want to search.

The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box.

Button Function

OK

Click this button to search for sample runs that meet the conditions you have set.

Cancel

Click this button to cancel searching.

4.14.3 Workload

The Workload screen, as shown in Figure 4-57, is used to display workloads of all doctors.

4-76 4 Advanced Operations

Figure 4-57 Workload Screen

Select By Tester to display workloads in the Statistics list by tester.

Select By Sender to display workloads in the Statistics list by sender. Mark the

Dept. check box to display workloads in the Statistics list by sender of the selected department.

The following table introduces the buttons on the screen.

Button Function

Refresh

The system will not refresh the statistical results automatically.

You need to click this button to refresh.

Click this button to pop up the following dialog box.

Search

Click OK to refresh and display the latest statistical results; click

Cancel to abort refreshing.

Click this button to pop up the Search dialog box, where you can set the searching conditions and search the qualified results.

For more information about the Search dialog box, refer to the following text Search.

4 Advanced Operations 4-77

Button Function

Print

Click this button to print the statistical results.

Search

At the Workload screen, click Search to pop up the Search dialog box, as shown in

Figure 4-58, where you can search the workloads information that meets the conditions.

Figure 4-58 Search Dialog Box

4-78

NOTE

Void means the parameter is exclusive.

The following table explains the parameters of the dialog box.

Parameter Description

Date

Date of sample runs that you want to search.

The first drop-down list box is start time, and the second is end time.

Samp. Type

Type of the samples that you want to search.

Test

Test you want to search.

Gender

Gender of the patients you want to search.

Age

Age of the patients you want to search.

Enter age low limit in the first edit box and high limit in second one. Then select an age unit from the drop-list box.

4 Advanced Operations

The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box.

Button Function

OK

Click this button to search for workloads information that meets the conditions you have set.

Cancel

Click this button to cancel searching.

4.14.4 Charges

The Charges screen, as shown in Figure 4-59, is used to display the charges information.

Figure 4-59 Charges Screen

Select By Patient to display charges information in the Statistics list by patient.

Select By Hospital to display charges information in the Statistics list by test. Mark the Dept. check box to display charges information of the selected department in the

Statistics list by test.

By selecting Include Test Replicates check box, you can add each replicate of a test to the charge statistics; otherwise only one charge for the test that is run for multiple times will be displayed.

4 Advanced Operations 4-79

The following table introduces the buttons on the screen.

Button Function

Refresh

The system will not refresh the statistical results automatically.

You need to click this button to refresh.

Click this button to pop up the following dialog box

4-80

Search

OK

Cancel

Print

Click OK to refresh and display the latest statistical results; click

Cancel to abort refreshing.

Click this button to pop up the Conditions dialog box, where you can set the searching conditions and search the qualified results.

For more information about the Conditions dialog box, refer to the following text Conditions.

Click this button to save settings of test cost and price.

Refer to the following text To Set Cost and Price for detailed operations.

Click this button to cancel settings of test cost and price.

Refer to the following text To Set Cost and Price for detailed operations.

Click this button to print the statistical results.

Conditions

At the Charges screen, click Search to pop up the Conditions dialog box, as shown in Figure 4-60, where you can search the charges information that meets the conditions.

Figure 4-60 Conditions Dialog Box

4 Advanced Operations

The following table explains the parameters of the dialog box.

Parameter Description

Date

Date of sample runs that you want to search.

Test

The first drop-down list box is start time, and the second one is end time.

Test you want to search.

The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box.

Button Function

OK

Click this button to search for charges information that meets the conditions you have set.

Cancel

Click this button to cancel searching.

To Set Cost and Price

1 Select the test you need to set in the Price list.

2 Enter numbers in the Cost and Price edit boxes.

3 If you want to save the setting, click OK.

4.15 Parameters

Click Parameters to enter the screen, where you can set tests, ISE, profiles, calculation tests, off-system tests, carryover, etc.

The following sections introduce the Parameters screen by tab.

4.15.1 Test

The Test screen is where you can set test parameters, reference ranges, calibration and QC rules of tests.

The Test screen includes the following tabs:

„ Parameters

„ Reference

„ Calibration

„ QC

4 Advanced Operations 4-81

4.15.1.1 Parameters

Figure 4-61 Parameters Screen

The following table explains the parameters on the Parameters screen.

NOTE

Please set parameters according to instructions of reagents. Improper settings may lead to unreliable test results.

Parameter Description

Test Name of the test.

No.

Full Name

No. of the test. It can be edited.

Full name of the test. It can be void.

Standard No. Standard No. of the test. It can be void.

Reac. Type Analyzing method, including Endpoint, Fixed-time and Kinetic.

Pri. Wave.

Sec. Wave.

Direction

Primary wavelength to be used on the test.

Secondary wavelength to be used on the test. It can be void.

It refers to the changing direction of the absorbance during the reaction process. If the absorbance increases, select Increase; otherwise, select Decrease.

4-82 4 Advanced Operations

Parameter Description

Reac. Time The unit is the sampling interval of photoelectric data, which equals to 18 seconds.

The first edit box is start time, and the second one is end time.

For the Endpoint method, the reaction time refers to the interval between the start of the reaction and the end of the reaction.

For the Kinetic or Fixed-time method, the reaction time refers to the interval between the point when the reaction becomes stabilized and the point when the reaction is no longer monitored.

If the reaction time is negative, it means that you should deduct the reagent blank or sample blank.

The analyzer defines the time when the photoelectrical data is measured in the reaction beginning period as 0. For the single-reagent test, the start time refers to the point when the photoelectrical data is measured in the sample-dispensing period, and the start period must not be negative; for the double-reagent test, the start time refers to the point when the photoelectrical data is measured in the second reagent-dispensing period, and the start period can be negative.

Incuba. Time The system assigns the incubation time as 5 minutes.

Unit Unit of the result.

Precision

R1

Precision of the result.

It refers to the volume (180-450μl) of the first reagent to be dispensed for the reaction. Increment is 1.

R2

NOTE

The sum of the entered R1, Sample Volume and

R2 (as needed) must be 183μl -500μl.

It refers to the volume (30-450μl) of the second reagent to be dispensed for the reaction. Increment is 1.

If the reaction doesn’t need the second reagent, enter 0.

Sample

Volume

NOTE

The sum of the entered R1, Sample Volume and

R2 (as needed) must be 183μl -500μl.

It refers to the sample volume (3-45μl) to be dispensed for the reaction. Increment is 0.5.

NOTE

The sum of the entered R1, Sample Volume and

R2 (as needed) must be 183μl -500μl.

4 Advanced Operations 4-83

4-84

Parameter Description

R1 Blank It refers to the allowed absorbance range of the R1 blank. (R1 refers to the reagent of a single-reagent test or the first reagent of a double-reagent test)

The first edit box is the low limit, and the second one is the high limit. Void means no check.

Mixed Rgt.

Blank

It refers to the allowed absorbance range of the mixture of the double-reagent test.

Linearity

Range

The first edit box is the low limit, and the second one is the high limit. Void means no check.

It refers to the range in which the test result is linear with the response.

The first edit box is the low limit, and the second one is the high limit. Void means no check.

Linearity Limit It applies to the Kinetic method only. It ranges from 0 to 1.

Substrate

Limit

It refers to the minimum (descending curve) or maximum

(ascending curve) absorbance within the given reaction time and there is still substrate left.

It applies to the Kinetic and Fixed-time methods only. It ranges from 0 to 50,000.

Factor For the test with a pre-set calculation factor, you can directly run it without running the calibration first.

Void means the calculation factor is invalid.

Prozone check Select to check the prozone. q1 q2

The following parameters are available only when it is selected.

Prozone test point q1.

It is available when the Prozone check is selected.

Prozone test point q2. q3 q4

It is available when the Prozone check is selected.

Prozone test point q3.

It is available when the Prozone check is selected.

Prozone test point q4.

It is available when the Prozone check is selected.

Abs

It is available when the Prozone check is selected.

Lower limit of prozone absorbance.

It is available when the Prozone check is selected.

NOTE

If the Factor is set, be sure not to set calibration rule at the

Calibration screen. Otherwise, the analyzer will run the calibration test to obtain calibration parameters rather than calculate them with the Factor.

4 Advanced Operations

The following table introduces the buttons on the Parameters screen.

Button Function

Add Click this button to add a new test.

Delete After selecting a test, click this button to pop up the following dialog box.

OK

Cancel

Click OK to delete the selected test; click Cancel to abort the deletion.

After selecting a test and setting parameters for it, click this button to save the setting.

After selecting a test and setting parameters for it, click this button to cancel the setting.

4.15.1.2 Reference

Figure 4-62 Reference Screen

4 Advanced Operations 4-85

The following table explains the parameters on the Reference screen.

Parameter Description

Gender Gender of the patients.

Sample Type Type of the samples.

Age Age of the patients.

Low Low limit of reference range for the sample results.

High High limit of reference range for the sample results.

NOTE

When the test, Gender and Sample Type of two reference ranges are the same, the ranges of Age should not contain or intersect with each other.

The following table introduces the buttons on the Reference screen.

Button Function

Add (upper) Click this button to add a new reference range.

Delete (upper) After selecting a reference range, click this button to pop up the following dialog box.

Add (lower)

Click OK to delete the selected range; click Cancel to abort the deletion.

Click this button to add a new test.

4-86 4 Advanced Operations

Button Function

Delete (lower) After selecting a test, click this button to pop up the following dialog box.

OK

Cancel

Click OK to delete the selected test; click Cancel to abort the deletion.

After selecting a reference range and modifying the relevant parameters of it, click this button to save the setting.

After selecting a reference range and modifying the relevant parameters of it, click this button to cancel the setting.

4.15.1.3 Calibration

Figure 4-63 Calibration Screen

The following table explains the parameters on the Calibration screen.

Parameter Description

4 Advanced Operations 4-87

Parameter Description

Sensitivity It refers to the difference between the response of the largest-concentration calibrator and that of the smallest-concentration calibrator. The system will alert you once the actual difference exceeds this limit.

Replicates

Void means no check.

It refers to the times of each calibration test. It ranges from 1 to

5.

Interval

Difference

Limit

It refers to the interval (0-99 days) between two adjacent auto reminding of calibrations. The analyzer will remind you of the next calibration when the time is up.

Void or 0 means the analyzer will not remind you the next calibration automatically.

It refers to the difference between the calibration parameter k

(slope of the calibration curve) of current and last calibrations.

Void means no check.

SD

Blank

Response

Error Limit

Correlation

Coefficient

SD of calibration curve. It applies to non-linear calibrations only.

The default is 0, which means no check.

It refers to the response limit for the 0-concentration calibrators.

The first edit box is the low limit, and the second one is the high limit. Void means no check.

Error limit of repeated tests. It is within 0 and 50000.

Void means no check.

Correlation coefficient of calibration curve. It applies to the multi-point linear and non-linear calibrations only.

It ranges from 0 to 1.

0 means no check.

Name of the calibrator. Name

Conc. Concentration of calibrator for the selected test.

Dilute Calibra Select a calibrator from the list of calibrators, and then select

dilute calibra

, which means using selected calibrator for dilute calibration.

4-88 4 Advanced Operations

Parameter Description

Details After selecting the calibrator from the list of calibrators, select

Dilute Calibra; Click Details to pop up the following dialog:

1 Set the sample volume (original control volume) for dilution

(3-80) and the dilution ratio (3-150), the dilution ratio = the total diluted volume/the sample volume for dilution. Ensure the total diluted volume is in the range of 180-450 and the volume of diluent is no less than 160.

2 The value of the dilution ratio can not be the same if more than one dilution ratios are set for the test.

3 Different dilution ratios are related to a serial of calibrators with different concentrations.

4 The total number of calibrators for a calibration test=the number of calibrators selected from the list + the number of diluted calibrators -1; For example, to set a calibration test,

2 calibrators was selected from the list, one of them was diluted to 3 different concentrations for dilution calibration.

The total number of calibrators for the test is 4.

NOTE

You must determine the number of the calibrators to be used according to the selected calibration rule.

The following table introduces the buttons on the Calibration screen.

Button Function

Add Click this button to add a new test.

4 Advanced Operations 4-89

Button Function

Delete After selecting a test, click this button to pop up the following dialog box.

OK

Cancel

Click OK to delete the selected test; click Cancel to abort the deletion.

After selecting a test and setting the calibration rule for it, click this button to save the setting.

After selecting a test and setting the calibration rule for it, click this button to cancel the setting.

4.15.1.4 QC

Figure 4-64 QC Screen

4-90 4 Advanced Operations

The following table explains the parameters on the QC screen.

Parameter Description

Westgard

Multi-rule

QC rule. It is related to the test and has nothing to do with the control.

Set the sub rule for the selected test.

Check

QC Interval control.

Set the sub rule for the selected test.

It refers to the number of sample runs between two adjacent auto QC tests.

The default is 0, which means the analyzer will not perform QC automatically.

Name of the control. Name

Mean Conc. It refers to the average concentration of the selected control for the selected test.

SD It refers to the concentration SD of the selected control for the selected test.

NOTE

If Auto QC on the System screen is selected and QC Interval on the

Test screen is not 0, the analyzer will automatically rerun QC tests among sample tests.

The following table introduces the buttons on the QC screen.

Button Function

Add Click this button to add a new test.

Delete After selecting a test, click this button to pop up the following dialog box.

OK

Click OK to delete the selected test; click Cancel to abort the deletion.

After selecting a test and setting QC rule for it, click this button to save the setting.

4 Advanced Operations 4-91

Button Function

Cancel After selecting a test and setting QC rule for it, click this button to cancel the setting.

4.15.2 ISE

The ISE screen, where you can set parameters, reference ranges and QC rules of

ISE analytes, includes the following tabs:

„ Parameters

„ Reference

„ QC

4.15.2.1 Parameters

Figure 4-65 Parameters Screen

4-92

The following table explains the parameters on the Parameters screen.

Parameter Description

Name Name of the ISE analyte.

No.

Full Name

No. of the analyte. It cannot be edited.

Full name of the analyte. It can be void.

Standard No. Standard No. of the analyte. It can be void.

Precision Precision of the result.

Range Reference range of test result.

4 Advanced Operations

The following table introduces the buttons on the Parameters screen.

Button Function

OK After selecting an analyte and setting parameters for it, click this button to save the settings.

Cancel After selecting an analyte and setting parameters for it, click this button to cancel the settings.

4.15.2.2 Reference

Refer to 4.15.1.2 Reference for details.

4.15.2.3 QC

Refer to 4.15.1.4 QC for details.

4.15.3 Profile

Tests grouped together for certain clinical purposes (for instance liver function) constitute a profile.

The Profile screen, as shown in Figure 4-66, is where you can set profiles.

Figure 4-66 Profile Screen

The following table explains the parameters on the screen.

Parameter Description

Name Enter the name of profile.

No. Sequence number of profile.

4 Advanced Operations 4-93

Parameter Description

Std. No. Enter the standard No. of profile.

The following table introduces the buttons on the screen.

Button Function

Add Click this button to add a new profile.

Delete After selecting a profile, click this button to pop up the following dialog box.

OK

Cancel

Click OK to delete the selected profile; click Cancel to abort the deletion.

After selecting a profile and editing its name or selecting tests for it, click this button to save the setting.

After selecting a profile and editing its name or selecting tests for it, click this button to cancel the setting.

4.15.4 Calculation

Calculating certain tests can derive certain new tests of clinical purpose, such as A/G,

TBil-DBil and so forth.

The Calculation screen is where you can set parameters and formulas for calculation tests.

The Calculation screen includes two tabs:

„ Parameters

„ Reference

4-94 4 Advanced Operations

4.15.4.1 Parameters

Figure 4-67 Parameters Screen

The following table explains the parameters on the screen.

Parameter Description

Test Name of the calculation test.

Test No. No. of the calculation test. It cannot be edited.

Standard No. Standard No. of the calculation test. It can be void.

Precision It refers to number of decimal places the calculation test result should have.

Full Name

Unit

Full name of the calculation test. It can be void.

Unit of the calculation test result.

The following table introduces the buttons on the screen.

Button Function

0-9 Click these buttons to enter numbers in the formula.

+ - * / Click these buttons to enter +, -, * and / symbols in the formula.

. ( )

Clear

Click these buttons to enter the decimal point . and ( ) in the formula.

Click this button to remove the current formula.

Add to

Formula

Select a test in the above box and then click this button to add it to the formula.

Add Click this button to add a new calculation test.

4 Advanced Operations 4-95

Button Function

Delete After selecting a test, click this button to pop up the confirm dialog box.

Click OK to delete the selected test; click Cancel to abort the deletion.

OK Click this button to save settings of the parameters and formula.

Refer to the following text To Set Calculation Test for detailed operations.

Cancel Click this button to ignore settings of the parameters and formula.

Refer to the following text To Set Calculation Test for detailed operations.

To Set Calculation Test

1 Select a calculation test.

2 Set the parameters of the selected calculation test.

3 Select tests that are related to the selected calculation test from the list on the top screen.

4 Click the 0-9 buttons, operators and Add to Formula button to edit the formula. The 0-9 and operators can also be entered from the keyboard.

5 If you want to save the settings, click OK.

4.15.4.2 Reference

Refer to 4.15.1.2 Reference for details.

4.15.5 Off-system

All the tests that are not run by the analyzer are referred to as the off-system tests.

You can manually enter the off-system test results into the system to print out them in the patient report.

The Off-system screen is where you can manage the information of off-system tests.

The Off-system screen includes two tabs:

„ Parameters

„ Reference

4-96 4 Advanced Operations

4.15.5.1 Parameters

Figure 4-68 Parameters Screen

The following table explains the parameters on the screen.

Parameter Description

Name Name of the off-system test.

Full Name Full name of the off-system test.

Test No.

Result Type

No. of the off-system test. It cannot be edited.

It includes Qualitative and Quantitative.

When you select Qualitative, the Unit and Precision are disabled; when you select Quantitative, the Qual. Type is disabled.

Standard No. Standard No. of the off-system test. It can be void.

Qual. Type Qualitative reference for the off-system test result.

Precision

Unit

Precision of the off-system test result.

Unit of the off-system test result.

4 Advanced Operations 4-97

The following table introduces the buttons on the screen.

Button Function

Add Click this button to add a new off-system test.

Delete After selecting a test in the test list, click this button to pop up the following dialog box.

OK

Cancel

Click OK to delete the selected off-system test; click Cancel to abort the deletion.

After selecting an off-system test and modifying the information of it, click this button to save the setting.

After selecting an off-system test and modifying the information of it, click this button to cancel the setting.

4.15.5.2 Reference

Refer to 4.15.1.2 Reference for details.

4.15.6 Carryover

Carryover between adjacent reagents, though minimized by the washing process, is still a factor to be taken into account. This carryover may impose serious effect on certain reagents and consequently on the related test results.

This Carryover screen is designed so that you can minimize this effect by keeping the tests whose reagents may affect each other as far away from each other as possible, or, if this is not an option, ordering extra washing process before analyzing those tests.

The Carryover screen, as shown in Figure 4-69, is where you can set the carryover information of reagents among tests.

4-98 4 Advanced Operations

Figure 4-69 Carryover Screen

At the Carryover screen, current reagents are listed in the upper field and the reagents that may be affected by the current reagents are listed in the lower field.

The following table introduces the buttons on the screen.

Button Function

OK Click this button to save the settings of carryover information.

Cancel

Refer to the following text To Set Carryover Parameters for a

Reagent

for detailed operations.

Click this button to ignore the settings of carryover information.

Refer to the following text To Set Carryover Parameters for a

Reagent

for detailed operations.

To Set Carryover Parameters for a Reagent

1 Select the desired test from the list tree or the upper field.

2 Select the reagents that may be affected by the current test from the lower field.

3 If you want to save the settings, click OK.

4.16 Setup

Click Setup to enter the screen, where you can set various parameters.

The following sections introduce the Setup screen by subtab.

4 Advanced Operations 4-99

4.16.1 System

The System screen is where you can set basic parameters, ISE unit, LIS and data dictionary for the analyzer.

At the System screen, there are five tabs:

„ Basic

„ ISE

„ Bar Code

„ LIS

„ Dictionary

4.16.1.1 Basic

The Basic screen, as shown in Figure 4-70, is where you can set the basic parameters of the analyzer.

Figure 4-70 Basic Screen

4-100

The following table explains the parameters on the screen.

Parameter Description

Number of Rgt. Disks Number of virtual reagent disks.

Number of Samp.

Disks

Number of virtual sample disks.

Wash When Started up It refers to the times the analyzer should wash the probe and the mixing bar during every startup.

Wash When Shut

Down

It refers to the times the analyzer should wash the probe and the mixing bar during every shutdown.

4 Advanced Operations

Parameter Description

Reagent Alarm Limit It refers to the number of tests for insufficient reagent.

When the available reagent is not enough for so many tests, the analyzer gives alarm.

Dilution Ratio

Sample Volume

It refers to the dilution ratio to dilute the sample when auto rerunning. It ranges from 4 to 150.

It refers to the volume of the sample to be aspirated when auto rerunning. It ranges from 3μl to 45μl.

Test Order It refers to the order that samples are analyzed. There are four options available: By Request Order, By

Optimal Time, By Test and By Sample.

By Request Order: The analyzer will run tests in the request order.

By Optimal Time: The analyzer will rearrange the test in order to ensure each period has the maximum time for sampling.

Auto QC

By Test: The analyzer will arrange the test order by reaction time and run tests by assay.

By Sample: The analyzer will run samples by sequence No. of sample.

When selected, it means the analyzer will automatically run QC tests among sample tests.

QC Summary Auto When selected, it means the system will print the QC

Print summary after QC test is completed.

Print after Sample Run When selected, it means the system will remind you to print patient report after tests have been finished.

Request Test with

Reagent Not

Positioned

When selected, it means you can request tests with reagent positions not specified, but the analyzer will not run the tests unless the reagents are positioned.

Request Calibration with calibrator Not

Positioned

When selected, it means you can request calibration tests with calibrator positions not specified, but the analyzer will not run the calibrations unless the calibrators are positioned.

Request QC with control Not Positioned

When selected, it means you can request QC tests with control positions not specified, but the analyzer will not run the QCs unless the controls are positioned.

Request un-calibrated tests

When selected, it means you can request samples,

QCs for the un-calibrated tests that meet the calibration requirements, and the analyzer will request the calibrations automatically.

Alarm Volume Select it and then move the slider to set the volume of the alarm bell.

Obtain patient information by

Admission No.

When selected, after entering the Admi. No. at the

Sample Information screen, the system will find out if the admission No. has been existed already. If so, the patient information corresponding to the admission No. will be obtained automatically.

Refer to 4.1.1 Sample Information for details.

4 Advanced Operations 4-101

Parameter Description

Auto Rerun When selected, it means the analyzer will judge whether auto rerun is necessary based on the conditions listed below. The following conditions are only available when this option is selected.

Above Strongest

Calibrator

When selected, it means the analyzer will rerun the sample automatically if its response is beyond that of the largest-concentration calibrator.

Linearity Limit

Exceeded

When selected, it means the analyzer will rerun the sample automatically if its reaction curve is beyond the linearity limit.

Exceeded

Substrate Depleted

Prozone

No Balance Point

Before Testing

After Testing sample automatically if its result is beyond the high limit of the linearity range.

When selected, it means the analyzer will rerun the sample automatically if the substrate ran out during running.

It applies to the Kinetic or Fixed-time method only.

When selected, it means the analyzer will re-request the sample automatically if the prozone was found during running.

When selected, it means the analyzer will rerun the sample automatically if no balance point was detected during running.

It applies to the Endpoint method only.

It refers to the times of auto-washing performed before testing.

Selecting Enhan. means to wash with wash solution.

It refers to the times of auto-washing performed after testing.

Selecting Enhan. means to wash with a wash solution.

4-102 4 Advanced Operations

NOTE

If Auto QC on the System screen is selected and QC Interval on the

Test screen is not 0, the analyzer will automatically rerun QC tests among sample tests.

For the Dilution Ratio and Sample Volume fields, besides the conditions mentioned above, you must also guarantee the diluted sample is no less than 180μl and no more than 450μl.

Please set a suitable value for Reagent Alarm Limit so that the analyzer can alert you about insufficient reagents in time.

Enhanced wash means washing the probe and mixing bar using wash solution.

The following table introduces the buttons on the Basic screen.

Button Function

Restore Click this button to set all parameters on the screen to default values. clicking save the settings. clicking ignore the settings.

4.16.1.2 ISE

The ISE screen, as shown in Figure 4-71, is where you can set auto calibration, wash mode and pump calibration mode.

Figure 4-71 ISE Screen

4 Advanced Operations 4-103

The following table explains the parameters on the screen.

Parameter Description

Wash When

Started Up

When selected, it means the ISE electrodes will be washed when the analyzer is started up.

Wash When

Shut Down

When selected, it means the ISE electrodes will be washed when the analyzer is shut down.

Wash After 50

Sample Runs

When selected, it means the ISE electrodes will be washed when 50 samples are analyzed.

Auto Calibrate for

When selected, it means an ISE calibration will be run automatically for the specified interval. You should enter calibration interval in the following edit box.

The interval should be within 1-8h.

Calibrate Pumps

When Started

Up

When selected, it means the peristaltic pumps will be calibrated when the analyzer is started up.

Calibrate Pumps

When Shut

Down

When selected, it means the peristaltic pumps will be calibrated when the analyzer is shut down.

The following table introduces the button on the screen.

Button Function

Restore Click this button to restore default settings of all options.

OK

Cancel

Click this button to save your settings.

Click this button to cancel your settings.

4.16.1.3 Bar Code

The Bar Code screen, as shown in Figure 4-72, is where you can set parameters and rules for both sample and reagent bar code.

4-104 4 Advanced Operations

Figure 4-72 Bar Code Screen

NOTE:

When initialized, the system checks sample or reagent bar code reader is equipped. Related options on Bar Code screen will not be available if the sample or reagent bar code reader is not configured.

4 Advanced Operations 4-105

4-106

The following table explains parameters of sample bar code on the Bar Code screen.

Parameter Description

Start Start position of related item in the entire sample bar code.

Length Total length of related item in the entire sample bar code.

All

STAT

Entire sample bar code. It should be within 3-27.

STAT sample or not. It should be 0 or 1 digit. Routine is represented by 0 and STAT by 1.

Test Date

Sample ID

Date when sample is analyzed. It should be 0 or 6 digits. e.g. 071012. It means October 12 th

, 2007.

Sequence number of sample. It should be 0, 3 or 4 digits.

Sample ID will not be included when sample information is downloaded from the LIS host.

Sample Type

Profile No.

Sample Barcode

Extract Information

Symb.

Check

Type of sample. It should be 0 or 1 digit. e.g. Serum (0), plasma (1), urine (2), other (3).

No. of profile. It should be 0, 2-4 digits. e.g. If profile No. of liver function is 2, then ‘002’ stands for liver function.

When selected, it means the sample bar code reader is enabled.

If a sample bar code reader is installed on the analyzer, this option is selected by default.

When selected, the system will analyze sample information based on the scanned bar code. For instance, if sample ID and test date are set for sample bar code, the analyzer will analyze the bar code and fill the obtained sample ID and test date into sample information.

The system provides six symbologies, which are

Code128, Code39, Codabar, ITF, UPC/EAN and

Code93.

Code128 is selected by default.

Check digit. It means whether check information for related item is needed. The check box is not ticked by default.

The following table explains parameters of reagent bar code on the Bar Code screen.

Parameter Description

Start Start position of related item in the entire sample bar code.

4 Advanced Operations

Parameter Description

Length Total length of related item in the entire sample bar code.

All Entire sample bar code. It should be within 15-30.

Test No.

Test Name

Rgt Type

Unique number of test assigned by the system. It should be 0 or 2-4 digits. e.g. ‘001’ indicates the test whose number is 1.

Name of test. It should be within 0-10 digits.

Bottle No.

Bottle Type

Type of reagent. It should be 1 digit. e.g. R1 is represented by 1 and R2 by 2.

No. of reagent bottle. It should be 3-5 digits.

Type of reagent bottle. It should be 1-3 digits.

Lot No.

Exp. Date

Reagent Barcode

Symb.

Check e.g. The system can hold two types of reagent bottles:

20ml and 40ml, which are respectively indicated by 1 and 2.

Lot No. of reagent. It should be 3-5 digits.

Expiration date of reagent. It should be 4, 6 or 8 digits. e.g. 20071012 means October 12 th

, 2007;

071012 means October 12 th

2007;

0710 means October 2007;

When selected, it means the reagent bar code reader is enabled.

If a reagent bar code reader is installed on the analyzer, this option is selected by default.

When selected, the system will analyze reagent information based on the scanned bar code. For instance, if test No. and reagent type are set for reagent bar code, the analyzer will analyze the bar code and fill the obtained test No. and reagent type into reagent information.

The system provides six symbologies, which are

Code128, Code39, Codabar, ITF, UPC/EAN and

Code93.

Code128 is selected by default.

Check digit. It means whether check information for related item is needed. The check box is not ticked by default.

The following table introduces the buttons on the screen.

Button Function

Restore Click this button to restore default settings for all options.

OK Click this button to save your settings.

Cancel Click this button to cancel your settings.

4 Advanced Operations 4-107

4.16.1.4 LIS

The LIS screen, as shown in Figure 4-73, is where you can set parameters regarding LIS communication.

Figure 4-73 LIS Screen

4-108

The following table explains the parameters on the screen.

Parameter Description

Enable LIS Only when Enable LIS is selected, you can proceed to the following settings.

LIS Host IP IP address of LIS host to which the analyzer will be connected.

Communication port of the LIS host. Port

Bidirectional Mode When selected, it means the analyzer can send test results to or download sample information from the LIS host.

Send Results after

Each Sample Run

When selected, it means the analyzer will send test results to LIS when each sample is analyzed.

Connect to LIS When

Started Up

When selected, it means the analyzer will connect to

LIS according to the IP address and communication port you enter.

Sending Timeout Limit It refers to the time limit for sending each test result to

LIS.

It should be within 10-20s.

4 Advanced Operations

Parameter Description

Receiving Timeout

Limit

It refers to the time limit for receiving each sample from

LIS.

It should be within 10-20s, and is only available when

Bidirectional Mode check box is selected.

Response Timeout

Limit

It should be within 10-20s.

In Case of Existing

Samples

When a newly-downloaded sample already exists, you can:

„ Neglect: The original sample remains and the newly downloaded sample is neglected;

„ Add: The requested tests in original sample remain, and the tests of the new sample are added to the original one.

„

Overwrite: No matter if original sample is finished or not, it is deleted and replaced by the new sample.

Test Correspondence Test name and No. on LIS may be different from that on the system. In order to ensure tests are requested for intended samples, you should relate the tests on LIS and system using correspondence code.

This area includes two fields: Test and Code on LIS.

The code on LIS means the code of the test used on

LIS host. You can enter it in the Code on LIS column.

The code you enter should be of string type and have

0-20 characters.

The following table introduces the buttons on the screen.

Button Function

Restore Click this button to set all parameters on the screen to default values.

Connect save the settings. clicking ignore the settings.

Click this button to connect the analyzer to LIS host according to your settings above.

Disconnect Click this button to disconnect the analyzer from LIS host.

4.16.1.5 Dictionary

The Dictionary screen, as shown in Figure 4-74, is where you can set the data dictionary of the analyzer, such as sample type, result unit and so forth.

4 Advanced Operations 4-109

Figure 4-74 Dictionary Screen

The following table introduces the buttons on the screen.

Button Function

Restore After selecting a data group from Data Group, click this button to clear all the new data pieces and adopt the default ones for the selected data group.

Add

Delete

After selecting a data group from Data Group, click this button to add a new data piece to the selected group.

Click this button to delete a used-defined data piece of selected

Data Group. The following dialog box pops up.

4-110

Click OK to delete the selected data piece; click Cancel to abort the deletion. clicking data group, click this button to save the settings.

Cancel After clicking the Restore button, or modify a data piece of a data group, click this button to ignore the settings.

4 Advanced Operations

NOTE

The data pieces given by the analyzer (those in the data group

Description not included) cannot be modified or deleted.

You can modify the data pieces given by the analyzer in the data group Description, which includes Normal, ↑, ↓. You can even change them to void but cannot delete them.

4.16.2 Hospital

The Hospital screen, as shown in Figure 4-75, is where you can set the hospital name, departments and doctor information.

Figure 4-75 Hospital Screen

The following table explains the parameters on the screen.

Parameter Description

Hospital Name of the hospital.

Address

Department

Number

Doctor

Department

Address of the hospital

Name of the department.

Number of doctors in the department. It cannot be edited but obtained by the system according to the doctors of the department.

Name of doctor.

Department to which the doctor belongs.

4 Advanced Operations 4-111

The following table introduces the buttons on the screen.

Button Function

Add Dept. Click this button to add a new department.

Delete Dept. After selecting a department from the department list, click this button to pop up the following dialog box.

Click OK to delete the selected department; click Cancel to abort the deletion.

Add Doctor After selecting a department from the department list, click this button to add a new doctor to the selected department.

Delete Doctor After selecting a doctor in the doctor list, click this button to pop up the following dialog box.

OK

Cancel

Click OK to delete the selected doctor; click Cancel to abort the deletion.

After modifying the hospital name, department name or doctor information, click this button to save the modification.

After modifying the hospital name, department name or doctor information, click this button to ignore the modification.

4.16.3 User

The User screen, as shown in Figure 4-76, is where you can set user authority.

NOTE

Only users of the administrator group can operate the screen.

4-112 4 Advanced Operations

Figure 4-76 User Screen

The following table explains the parameters on the screen.

Parameter Description

Authority Authorities of a user to use the analyzer.

Group

User

Name of user group.

Name of user.

Confirm

Doctor

Group

Confirming password of user. It must be same as the password above.

Name of doctor.

User group to which the doctor belongs. Void means the doctor does not belong to any group.

NOTE

Users of the administrator group possess all authorities that cannot be changed.

“Admin” is the default user who belongs to the administrator group. Its name cannot be changed.

We recommend all users to set their own passwords.

If a user group has none of the authorities as shown on the screen, the user group can perform basic operations except for the ones within the authorities as shown on the screen.

4 Advanced Operations 4-113

The following table introduces the buttons on the screen.

Button Function

Add User Click this button to add a new user.

Delete User

We recommend you to set a password immediately for the user you have added.

For detailed instructions of setting user information, refer to the following text To Set User Information.

After selecting a user in the user list, click this button to pop up the following dialog box.

Click OK to delete the selected user; click Cancel to abort the deletion.

Add Group Click this button to add a new user group to the user group list.

You should set authorities for the newly-added user group, which has only basic authorities and none of the ones as shown on the screen.

For detailed instructions of setting authorities of user groups, refer to the following text To Set User Group Information .

Delete Group After selecting a user group in the user group list, click this button to pop up the following dialog box.

4-114

OK

Click OK to delete the selected user group; click Cancel to abort the deletion.

Click this button to save the modification to user group information or user information.

For detailed instructions of setting user group information, refer to the following text To Set User Group Information .

For detailed instructions of setting user information, refer to the following text To Set User Information.

4 Advanced Operations

Button Function

Cancel Click this button to ignore the modification to user group information or user information.

For detailed instructions of setting user group information, refer to the following text To Set User Group Information .

For detailed instructions of setting user information, refer to the following text To Set User Information.

To Set User Group Information

1 Select a user group in the user group list.

2 If you don’t need to modify the user group name, proceed to the next step.

Otherwise, modify the user group name in the Group edit box.

3 If you don’t need to modify the authorities of a user group, proceed to the next step.

Otherwise, select an authority in the authority list. You can select one or more pieces at one time.

4 If you want to save the settings, click OK.

To Set User Information

2 Set the parameters like User, Password, Doctor and Group as you need.

3 If you want to save the settings, click OK.

4.16.4 Print

The Print screen is where you can set the parameters regarding printing reports.

At the Print screen, there are two tabs:

„

General

„ Template

4 Advanced Operations 4-115

4.16.4.1 General

Figure 4-77 General Screen

4-116

The following table explains the parameters on the screen.

Parameter Description

Print by Template Print the patient report by the template.

Print by You can select to print one or more reports on one page.

Single means you can print only one report on each page;

Type

Multiple means you can continue printing reports on the page if the remaining space is enough for one or more reports;

Split means you can continue printing other reports on the page no matter whether the remaining space is enough or not.

Type of printing paper you wish to use.

It is only available when you select Print by

(Single/Multiple/Split).

Width

Height

Printer Setup

Width of printing paper. The unit is mm.

It is only available when you select Print by.

Height of printing paper. The unit is mm.

It is only available when you select Print by

Select a printer.

4 Advanced Operations

The following table introduces the buttons on the screen.

Button Function

Set as Default

Printer

After selecting a printer, click this button to set it as the default one.

Home After selecting a test, click this button to set it as the first one appearing on the patient report.

Up

Down

End

Restore Default

After selecting a test, click this button to move it to the previous position on the patient report.

After selecting a test, click this button to move it to the next position on the patient report.

After selecting a test, click this button to set it as the last one appearing on the patient report.

Click this button to restore all options to factory default settings.

OK

Cancel

After clicking the Restore Default button or setting the printing parameters, click this button to save the settings.

After clicking the Restore Default button or setting the printing parameters, click Cancel to ignore the settings.

4.16.4.2 Template

The Template screen, as shown in Figure 4-78, is where you can set template for printing various reports and curve diagrams.

Figure 4-78 Template Screen

4 Advanced Operations 4-117

The following table introduces the buttons on the screen.

Button Function

Template

Buttons

Click these buttons to select .bcr files as the templates.

Def.

Prev.

Click this button to adopt the default template.

Click this button to preview the current template.

Restore

Default

OK

Cancel

Click to adopt the default templates for all reports, curve diagrams and charts, etc.

After clicking the template button, Def. or Restore Default button, click this button to save the settings.

After clicking the template button, Def. or Restore Default button, click this button to ignore the settings.

4.17 Maintenance

Click Maintenance to enter the screen where you can maintain the analyzer and data.

The following sections introduce the Maintenance screen by tab.

4.17.1 Daily Maintenance

The Daily Maint screen, as shown in Figure 4-79, is where you can maintain the analyzer generally.

CAUTION

Do not perform any maintenance actions unless you are certain the analyzer is not testing.

When aligning, you can send a new instruction only after the current one has been completed. Otherwise, warning messages will be given probably. If you mis-send a new instruction, you can send it again after the current one has been completed and at least 30 seconds have been passed after the last sending.

4-118 4 Advanced Operations

Figure 4-79 Daily Maintenance Screen

The Daily Maint screen can display not only real-time status of each unit of the analyzer, but also the dark current and background of every wavelength.

Dark current refers to the AD output of the wavelength when the lamp of the photometer is switched off. Background refers to the AD output of the wavelength when there is no cuvette in the optical path.

The following table introduces the buttons on the screen.

Button Function

Startup Check Click this button to perform startup check again after alignment or the connection between the analyzing unit and the operation unit failed.

Recover

Wash

When failure occurs, click this button to try to recover the analyzer to normal state.

Click this button to wash the probe and the mixing bar with deionized water.

Enhanced Click this button to wash the probe and the mixing bar with a wash solution.

Dark Current Click this button to test the dark current and display the results.

Reset Click this button to reset all mechanical parts of the analyzer.

4.17.2 ISE

The ISE screen, where you can view status of and align ISE components, include the following two.

„

Daily Maint

„

Maint Record

4 Advanced Operations 4-119

The following sections introduce the ISE screen by subtab.

4.17.2.1 Daily Maintenance

The Daily Maint screen, as shown in Figure 4-80, is where you can view status of reagent module and maintain the ISE module.

Figure 4-80 Daily Maint Screen

4-120

The following table explains the parameters on the screen.

Parameter Description

Exp. Date Expiration date of the reagent.

Volume

Lot No.

Install Date

Inventory

Total amount of the reagent.

Lot No. of the reagent.

Date when the reagent module is installed.

Remaining volume of the reagent.

The following table introduces the buttons on the screen.

Button Function

Search Click this button to search the status information of the reagent module. The searched contents will be displayed in corresponding edit boxes.

Purge A Click this button to purge Calibrant A solution through the tubing from the reagent module to the ISE module.

Purge B

Pump Cal

Click this button to purge Calibrant B solution through the tubing from the reagent module to the ISE module.

Click this button to calibrate the peristaltic pumps of the ISE module.

4 Advanced Operations

Button Function

Calibration Click this button to calibrate the electrodes of the ISE module.

Clean Click this button to remove protein build-up from the ISE module electrodes.

Maintenance Click this button to clear fluid from the flow path of the ISE module.

Bubble Cal Click this button to allow the module to reestablish a baseline for detecting air-liquid interfaces.

Purge Comb Click this button to purge both calibrant A and B solution through the tubing from the reagent module to the ISE module.

You can set purge times in right edit box. The times should be within 1-50.

Recover Click this button to recover failures of the ISE module.

4.17.2.2 Maintenance Record

The Maint Record screen, as shown in Figure 4-81, is where you can view status of

ISE module components.

Figure 4-81 Maint Record Screen

The following table introduces the buttons on the screen.

Button Function

Replace Click this button to replace selected ISE component.

For more information about replacing component, refer to the following text To Replace ISE Component.

4 Advanced Operations 4-121

To Replace ISE Component

On the Maint Record screen, select a component and click Replace. The following dialog box is displayed.

Figure 4-82 Replace ISE Component Dialog Box

The following table explains the parameters on the screen.

Parameter Description

Component Select a component you want to replace.

Rated Days

Rated Tests

Maximum days that the component can work after being replaced. When the actual working day exceeds this limit, the system will remind you of replacement in the

Comments column on Maint Record screen.

Maximum number of tests that the component can work for after being replaced. When the actual tests number exceeds this limit, the system will remind you of replacement in the Comments column on Maint Record screen.

Date/Time Set date and time when the component is replaced.

The following table introduces the buttons on the screen.

Button Function

OK Click this button to save the maintenance information.

Cancel Click this button to cancel the maintenance information.

4.17.3 Log

The Log screen, as shown in Figure 4-83, is where you can search and delete the alarm messages. You can take corresponding actions according to the alarm messages.

For detailed information about troubleshooting, refer to 6Troubleshooting.

4-122 4 Advanced Operations

Figure 4-83 Log Screen

At the Log screen, when you select the View Latest field, the Log List will display all logs of the current day; when you select Search History, the Search Error Logs dialog box will pop up, where you can set the searching conditions as needed. For detailed operations, refer to the following text To Search Error Logs.

The following table introduces the buttons on the screen.

Button Function

Search Click this button to pop up the Search Error Logs dialog box, where you can set conditions and search for qualified logs.

For more information about the Search Error Logs dialog box, refer to the following text To Search Error Logs.

Delete After selecting the check box on the left of a log (s) in the Log

List, click this button to pop up the following dialog box.

Refresh

Click OK to delete the selected log(s); click Cancel to abort the deletion.

Click this button to refresh the logs according to the searching conditions you have set.

4 Advanced Operations 4-123

Button Function

Clear Click this button to pop up the following dialog box.

Details

Click OK to remove all logs currently displayed from the database and to clear the Log List; click Cancel to abort the deletion.

Click this button to pop up the following dialog.

After writing a warning message in the New Troubleshooting dialog, click Add and then click Save to save the message; or click Cancel to abort the addition.

To Search Error Logs

The Search Error Logs dialog box, as shown in Figure 4-84, is where you can set the log searching conditions.

4-124 4 Advanced Operations

Figure 4-84 Search Error Logs Dialog Box

The following table explains the parameters of the dialog box.

Parameter Description

Date Date of log.

Level

The first edit box is start time, and the second is end time.

Level of logs.

Units

All refers to logs of all levels; Equal, Higher or Lower refer to the logs with level equal to, higher than or lower than the one set in the Error Level field.

Select a unit(s) to which the logs you want to search correspond.

The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box.

Button Function

OK After setting the conditions, click this button to confirm and display the qualified logs at the Log screen.

Cancel Click this button to abort the searching.

4.17.4 Import/Export

The Import/Export screen, as shown in Figure 4-85, is where you can import or export parameters and test results.

CAUTION

You can import or export parameters and test results when the analyzer is not testing.

4 Advanced Operations 4-125

Figure 4-85 Import/Export Screen

NOTE

This analyzer automatically backs up its parameters and test results.

Exporting data refers to saving some data to a file temporarily for transmitting or updating purposes. It is not the same as backing up the database. We recommend this exporting function not be used unless necessary.

The imported data will overwrite the corresponding data in the analyzer’s database. Before importing data, ensure the corresponding data is exported to another file. We recommend this importing function not be used unless necessary.

The file used for exporting or importing data should be a .SHD file.

The Import/Export screen displays the options you can import or export. The drop-down list boxes in the screen are used to set date ranges, including start time and end time.

When importing or exporting test-related information, selecting Related to Selected

Test(s) means to importing or exporting that of selected test(s) in the Tests field only.

Mark the check box on the right of Tests field to select or deselect all the tests.

The following table introduces the buttons on the screen.

4-126 4 Advanced Operations

Button Function

Test Update Click this button to pop up the following dialog box.

Click Cancel to abort importing; click OK to continue importing.

The following dialog box will show up.

Import

Export

Select All

Select the file to be imported and click Open to import the selected file.

Note:

1. The imported file should be a specified excel file.

2. If test with the same No. or name already exists in the software, there might be two consequences:

„ If the test already in the software is imported through test update, it will be overwriten by imported test,

„ If the test already in the software is input manually, the importing will fail.

After selecting options, click this button to import them from the selected .SHD file.

After selecting options, click this button to export them to the selected .SHD file.

Click this button to select all options on the screen and the button will change into None; click None to deselect the selected options.

4 Advanced Operations 4-127

4.17.5 Alignment

The Alignment screen is where you can maintain and align the analyzer.

CAUTION

Do not perform any maintenance actions unless the analyzer is not testing.

When aligning, you can send a new instruction only after the current one has been completed. Otherwise, warning messages will be given probably. If you mis-send a new instruction, you can send it again after the current one has been completed and at least 30 seconds have been passed after the last sending.

NOTE

You are recommended to click the Startup Check button on the Daily

Maint screen to perform the startup check after aligning. Refer to

4.17.1 Daily Maintenance

for details.

There are two tabs on the Alignment screen:

„ System

„ Motion

The following sections introduce the Alignment screen by tab.

4.17.5.1 System

The System screen, as shown in Figure 4-86, is where you can maintain the analyzer.

Figure 4-86 System Screen

4-128 4 Advanced Operations

The following table explains the parameters on the screen.

Parameter Description

Unit Select a unit you want to maintain.

Position Enter a position No. to search relevant parameters.

The following table introduces the buttons on the screen.

Button Function

System Status Click this button to send an instruction to check the status of the specified unit.

Self-check Result Click this button to send an instruction to check the self-check results of the specified unit.

Reset Result Click this button to send an instruction to check the mechanical reset result of the specified unit.

Pre. Instr. Error Click this button to send an instruction to check the previous instruction error.

Pre. Instr. Result Click this button to send an instruction to check the previous instruction result.

Probe Arm Hor. Click this button to send an instruction to check the horizontal status of the probe arm.

Probe Arm Ver. Click this button to send an instruction to check the vertical status of the probe arm.

Syringe Status

Temperature

Target Temp.

Lamp Status

Click this button to send an instruction to check the status of the syringe.

Click this button to send an instruction to check the temperature of the reaction disk.

Click this button to send an instruction to check the target temperature of the reaction disk.

Click this button to send an instruction to check the status of the lamp.

Disk Status Click this button to send an instruction to check the status of the specified disk.

Mixing Bar Pos. Click this button to send an instruction to check the position status of the mixing bar.

Handshake

Reset

Shut Down

Reset

Click this button to send an instruction to shake hand with the specified unit.

Click this button to send an instruction to reset the specified unit.

Click this button to send an instruction to inform the specified unit of shutdown.

Click this button to send an instruction to reset the mechanical parts.

Liquid Level After entering a number in the Position field, click this button to send an instruction to check the fluid level of specified position on the specified unit.

4 Advanced Operations 4-129

Button Function

Photo. Data After entering a number in the Position field, click this button to send an instruction to check the photoelectrical data of the specified position.

Normal Data

Clear

After entering a number in the Position field, click this button to send an instruction to check the normal photoelectrical data of the specified position.

Click this button to remove all instructions displayed in the above window.

4.17.5.2 Motion

The Motion screen, as shown in Figure 4-87, is where you can adjust parts of the analyzing unit.

Figure 4-87 Motion Screen

4-130

The following table explains the parameter on the screen.

Parameter Description

Part Select a part you want to adjust.

The following table introduces the buttons on the screen.

Part Button

Sample

Probe

Function

Above Wash Well Click this button to send an instruction to move the sample probe to a position above the wash well.

To Disp. Pos. on

Reaction Disk

Click this button to send an instruction to move the sample probe to dispensing position on the reaction disk.

4 Advanced Operations

Part Button Function

Above Reaction

Disk

Click this button to send an instruction to move the sample probe to a position above the reaction disk.

Above Sample Disk Click this button to send an instruction to move the sample probe to a position above the sample disk.

To Asp. Pos. on Click this button to send an instruction to

Sample Disk move the sample probe to aspirate position on the sample disk.

Above ISE Sample

Entry Port

Click this button to send an instruction to move the sample probe to a position above

ISE sample entry port

To ISE Sample Entry

Port

Click this button to send an instruction to move the sample probe to dispensing position in ISE sample entry port.

Reagent

Probe

Mixing

Bar

Above Diluted

Sample Asp. Pos.

Click this button to send an instruction to move sample probe to a position above the diluted sample aspirate position on the reaction disk.

To Diluted Sample

Asp. Pos.

Click this button to send an instruction to move sample probe to diluted sample aspirate position on the reaction disk.

Above Wash Well Click this button to send an instruction to move the reagent probe to position above the wash well.

To Disp. Pos. on

Reaction Disk

Click this button to send an instruction to move the reagent probe to dispensing position on the reaction disk.

Above Reaction Disk Click this button to send an instruction to move the reagent probe to a position above the reaction disk.

Above Reagent Disk Click this button to send an instruction to move the reagent probe to a position above the reagent disk.

To Asp. Pos. on

Reagent Disk

Click this button to send an instruction to move the reagent probe to aspirate position on the reagent disk.

Above Wash Well Click this button to send an instruction to move the mixing bar to a position above the wash well.

To Cleaning Pos. in

Wash Well

Click this button to send an instruction to move the mixing bar to the cleaning position in the wash well.

Above Reaction Disk Click this button to send an instruction to move the mixing bar to a position above the reaction disk.

To Mixing Pos. on

Reaction Disk

Click this button to send an instruction to move the mixing bar to mixing position on the reaction disk.

4 Advanced Operations 4-131

4-132

Part Button Function

Mix for Specified

Time

Enter the desired mixing time into the edit box to the right of Time, and then click this button to send an instruction to mix for specified time.

Reaction

Disk

Rotate Given Circles to Target Position

After entering the desired numbers into the edit boxes to the right of Circles and Target

Position, click this button to send an instruction to rotate the reaction disk for given circles and stop at the specified position.

Reagent

Disk

Sample

Disk

Fluidic

System

Rotate Given

Positions

After entering the desired number into the edit box to the right of Positions, click this button to send an instruction to rotate the reaction disk for given positions.

Rotate Given Circles to Target Position

After entering the desired numbers into the edit boxes to the right of Circles and Target

Position, click this button to send an instruction to rotate the reagent disk for given circles and stop at the specified position.

Rotate Given

Positions

After entering the desired number into the edit box to the right of Positions, click this button to send an instruction to rotate the reagent disk for given positions.

Rotate Given Circles to Target Position

After entering the desired numbers into the edit boxes to the right of Circles and Target

Position, click this button to send an instruction to rotate the sample disk for given circles and stop at the specified position.

Rotate Given

Positions

After entering the desired number into the edit box to the right of Positions, click this button to send an instruction to rotate the sample disk for given positions.

Clean S. Probe

Clean R. Probe

Clean Mixing Bar

Select Interior, Exterior or All from the drop-down list box to the left of this button and click it to send an instruction to wash the sample probe with deionized water.

Select Interior, Exterior or All from the drop-down list box to the left of this button and click it to send an instruction to wash reagent probe with deionized water.

Click this button to send an instruction to wash mixing bar with deionized water.

S. Syringe Aspirate After entering the desired number (μl) into the edit box to the right of Vol. (S. Syringe), click this button to send an instruction to make the sample syringe aspirate the given volume.

S. Syringe Dispense After entering the desired number (μl) into the edit box to the right of Vol. (S. Syringe), click this button to send an instruction to make the sample syringe dispense the given volume.

S. Syringe Reset Click this button to send an instruction to reset the sample syringe.

4 Advanced Operations

Part Button Function

R. Syringe Aspirate After entering the desired number (μl) into the edit box to the right of Vol. (R. Syringe), click this button to send an instruction to make the reagent syringe aspirate the given volume.

R. Syringe Dispense After entering the desired number (μl) into the edit box to the right of Vol. (R. Syringe), click this button to send an instruction to make the reagent syringe dispense the given volume.

R. Syringe Reset Click this button to send an instruction to reset the reagent syringe.

Lamp Lamp On

Lamp Off

Click this button to send an instruction to turn on the lamp of the photometer.

Click this button to send an instruction to turn off the lamp of the photometer.

Other Download

Parameters

Click this button to send an instruction to download parameters.

Bar

Code

Reader

Parts all the mechanical parts of the analyzing unit.

Scan Sample

Barcode

Click this button to send an instruction to scan sample bar code.

Scan Reagent Bar

Code

Click this button to send an instruction to scan reagent barcode.

Laser On

Laser Off

Handshake

Reset

Click this button to send an instruction to turn on laser.

Click this button to send an instruction to turn off laser.

Click this button to send an instruction to shakehands with bar code reader.

Click this button to send an instruction to initiate bar code reader.

Button Function

Clear Click this button to remove all instructions displayed in the above window.

4 Advanced Operations 4-133

CAUTION

Before executing To Asp. Pos. on Sample Disk or To Asp. Pos. on

Reagent Disk, reset the sample/reagent disk or stop it at certain position. Otherwise, it may lead to probe collision.

Before executing To Disp. Pos. on Reaction Disk(for sample and reagent), To Diluted Asp. Pos. on Reaction Disk, To Mixing Pos.

on Reaction Disk, or Mix for Specified Time, reset the reaction disk and ensure the reaction disk is stopped at certain position. Otherwise, it may lead to probe or mixing bar collision.

Before operating the reaction disk, ensure the probe and the mixing bar are already away from it. Otherwise, moving disk may bend the probe or the mixing bar.

Before operating the sample/reagent disk, ensure the probe is already away from it. Otherwise, moving disk may bend the probe.

NOTE

If no test is to be run for a long time and you have no intention to exit the operating software, you can turn off the lamp to maximize its service life.

4-134 4 Advanced Operations

5

Service and Maintenance

To ensure reliability, good performance and service life of the system, regular maintenance is required. Follow the instructions given below to maintain the system.

Even you’re only an operator, it’s very important for you to learn this chapter. Your thorough understanding will help you obtain the best performance of the system.

In case of problems beyond your ability or not covered in this chapter, be sure to contact our customer service department or your local distributor.

WARNING

Do not perform any maintenance procedures that are not described in this chapter. Otherwise, system damage and personal injury may be caused. Do not touch the components other than the ones specified in this chapter.

Performing unauthorized maintenance procedures may damage your system, void any applicable warranty or service contract and even cause personal injury.

After performing any maintenance actions or procedures, ensure that the system runs normally.

Most maintenance actions or procedures should be performed after the Power is placed to OFF. For some maintenance actions or procedures, be sure to place the Main Power to OFF first

Do not spill water or reagent on mechanical or electrical components of the system.

BIOHAZARD

Wear gloves and lab coat and, if necessary, goggles during maintaining process.

5 Service and Maintenance 5-1

We recommend the copy of the maintenance log in 5.7Maintenance Log Sheets be used to keep the maintenance records.

5.1 Preparation

The following tools, wash solution and ethanol may facilitate your maintenance.

5.1.1 Tools

„ Hex wrenches (M1.5, M3 and M4)

„ Cross-headed

„ Tweezers

„ Clean

„ Clean

„ Clean swabs

„ Clean

„ Syringe (5-10 ml)

„

Rubber

5.1.2 Wash Solution

„ Acid: 0.1mol/l hydrochloric acid

„ Alkaline: javel water with 0.5% active chlorine.

„

WARNING

Poisonous gas will be produced if acid wash solution is mixed with alkaline wash solution. Do not mix the acid wash solution with the alkaline one.

Some enhanced wash solution may hurt human skins. Exercise caution when using the wash solution. In case your skin or clothes contact them, wash them off with clean water. In case the wash solution spill into your eyes, rinse them with much water and consult an oculist.

CAUTION

We have specified the following wash solutions:

Acid wash solution: 0.1mol/l hydrochloric acid;

Alkaline: javel water with 0.5% active chlorine.

You should dilute the sodium hypochlorite solution at appropriate ratio according to the available chlorine contained in it.

We recommend the acid and alkaline wash solutions be used alternately. For instance, if the acid wash solution is used at current startup, the alkaline one should be used at next startup.

5.1.3 Others

5-2

„ Water-free

5 Service and Maintenance

„ Disinfectant

5.2 Daily Maintenance

5.2.1 Checking Remaining Deionized Water

CAUTION

The water must meet requirements of the CAP Type II water.

When placing the deionized water tank, ensure the top of the tank is lower than the bearing platform on which the system is placed.

Ensure the deionized water pickup tube is not blocked, bent, or twisted.

1 Place the Power to OFF.

2 Check how much deionized water is left in the tank.

If not much, proceed to the next step.

3

CAUTION:

After removing the cap of the deionized water tank (together with the pickup tube, sensor and the filter), place it on a clean table.

Unscrew (counter-clockwise) the tank cap assemby and remove the cap together with the pickup tube, sensor and the filter. Do not detach the cap assembly, otherwise leakage might happen.

4 Add deionized water to the tank.

5 Screw (clockwise) the cap assemby together with the pickup tube, sensor and the filter back onto the tank until secure.

5.2.2 Emptying Waste Tank

BIOHAZARD

Wear gloves and lab coat and, if necessary, goggles. Dispose of the wastewater in accordance with your local or national guidelines for biohazard waste disposal, and consult the manufacturer or distributor of the reagents for details.

CAUTION

When placing the waste tank, ensure the top of the tank is lower than the bearing platform on which the system is placed.

Ensure the waste tube is over the tank and not blocked, bent, or twisted. A blocked, bent or twisted waste tube may lead to wastewater overflow that may damage the analyzer.

5 Service and Maintenance 5-3

1 Place the Power to OFF.

2

BIOHAZARD

After removing the cap of the waste tank (together with the tube and sensor), place it on an appropriate place to avoid infection.

Unscrew (counter-clockwise) the tank cap and remove it together with the waste tube and the sensor from the tank.

3 Empty the waste tank.

4 Screw (clockwise) the cap (together with the waste tube and the sensor) back onto the tank until secure.

5.2.3 Checking Connection of Deionized Water

CAUTION

When placing the deionized water tank, ensure the top of the tank is lower than the bearing platform of the analyzer.

Ensure the deionized water pickup tube is not blocked, bent, or twisted.

1 Place the Power to OFF.

2 Check the connections between the two connectors (green and red) marked

DEIONIZED WATER on the analyzer and their counterparts.

If no leakage occurs, skip to step 4.

If you see leaks, wipe off the water with clean gauze and proceed to the next step.

3 Check whether the connectors are loose.

If not, proceed to the next step.

If yes, unscrew the connector counter-clockwise to remove it and then screw it back on.

4 Check the connections between the pickup tubes and their connectors.

If no leakage occurs, proceed to the next step.

If you see leaks, wipe off the water with clean gauze and tighten the connections and proceed to the next step.

5 Check the connection between the pickup tube and the tank cap.

If you see leaks, wipe off the water with clean gauze and tighten the pickup tube.

6 Check the connection between the pickup tube and the filter. If you see leaks, wipe off the water with clean gauze and tighten the pickup tube.

5-4 5 Service and Maintenance

NOTE

If leakage remains after the above operations are finished, please contact our customer service department or your local distributor.

5.2.4 Checking Connection of Waste Water

BIOHAZARD

Wear gloves and lab coat and, if necessary, goggles.

Dispose of the used gauze in accordance with your local or national guidelines for biohazard waste disposal.

CAUTION

When placing the waste tank, ensure the top of the tank is lower than the bearing platform on which the system is placed.

Ensure the waste tube is over the tank and not blocked, bent, or twisted. A blocked, bent or twisted waste tube may lead to wastewater overflow that may damage the analyzer.

1 Place the Power to OFF.

2 Check the connections between connector marked WASTE on the analyzing unit and its counterpart.

If no leakage occurs, proceed to the next step.

If you see leaks, wipe off the water with clean gauze, and then reconnect the waste tube.

3 Check the connection between the waste tube and the connector.

If no leakage occurs, proceed to the next step.

If you see leaks, wipe them off with clean gauze and tighten the waste tube.

4 Check the connection between the waste tube and the waste tank cap.

If you see leaks, wipe them off with clean gauze and tighten the waste tube.

NOTE

If leakage remains after the above operations are finished, please contact our customer service department or your local distributor.

5.2.5 Checking Syringe

WARNING

The probe tip is sharp and can cause puncture wounds. To prevent injury, exercise caution when working around the probe.

5 Service and Maintenance 5-5

BIOHAZARD

Wear gloves and lab coat and, if necessary, goggles.

Figure 5-1 Syringe

1 Place the Power to OFF.

2 Unscrew the screws on the syringe cover and remove the cover. The structure of the syringe is as shown in the figure below.

5-6

3 Check whether the T-piece leaks.

If no leakage occurs, proceed to the next step.

If you see leaks, please contact our customer service department or your local distributor.

5 Service and Maintenance

4 Check whether the plunger guide cap leaks.

If no leakage occurs, proceed to the next step.

If you see leaks, replace the plunger assembly of syringe as instructed by

5.6.4Replacing Plunger Assembly of Syringe

.

5 Check whether air bubbles exist in the syringe.

If no, proceed to the next step.

If yes, remove the bubbles as instructed by 5.6.5Removing Air Bubbles.

6 Place the cover of syringe back and tighten the screws.

5.2.6 Checking Probe

1 Check whether the probe is bent or dirty.

2 If not bent, go directly to the next step.

If so, replace the probe as instructed by 5.6.2Replacing Probe.

3 If not dirty, go directly to the next step.

If yes, clean the probe as instructed by 5.3.1Cleaning Probe.

4 Check whether the probe tip has remaining liquid on it.

5 If not, go directly to the next step.

If yes, please contact our customer service department or your local distributor. probe is continuous and in the direction of the probe; check the exterior of the probe to see whether the flow is normal.

7 If the flow from the interior appears normal, go directly to the next step.

Otherwise, please contact our customer service department or your local distributor.

8 If the flow to wash the exterior appears normal, the checking operation is over.

Otherwise, clean the probe as instructed by 5.6.1Unclogging Probe.

9 If the flow becomes normal after cleaning, the checking operation is over.

Otherwise, please contact our customer service department or your local distributor.

5.2.7 Checking Mixing Bar

1 Check whether the mixing bar is bent or dirty.

2 If not bent, go directly to the next step.

If so, replace the mixing bar as instructed by 5.6.3Replacing Mixing Bar.

3 If not dirty, go directly to the next step.

If yes, clean the mixing bar as instructed by 5.3.2Cleaning Mixing Bar.

4 During washing process, check whether the mixing bar moves back and forth normally and the flow appears normal.

5 Service and Maintenance 5-7

5 If yes, the checking operation is over.

If not, please contact our customer service department or your local distributor.

5.2.8 ISE Unit (optional)

5.2.8.1 Daily Cleaning

BIOHAZARD:

To prevent infection, always wear gloves, goggles and protective clothing when doing the below checks.

The cleaning solution is irritating to eyes and skin. Avoid contact with skin and eyes. In case of contact with eyes, rinse immediately with plenty of water and seek medical advice.

CAUTION:

Use the consumables recommended by our company. Other consumables may degrade system performance.

Add solution supplied in the cleaning solution kit to top of label on the powder bottle that is also supplied in the same kit and shake well to prepare the cleaning solution.

The cleaning solution must be stored at 2-8℃ and discarded after two weeks.

NOTE:

The maintenance is necessary to be performed when the ISE unit

(optional) is connected.

You should perform the maintenance once a day after all the samples are analyzed. Besides, if the samples of a day requested for the ISE tests are 50 or more, you should perform the maintenance after 50 samples are analyzed.

If you give the electrodes some time to stabilize after cleaning, you will experience slightly better performance.

5-8

3 Click Clean button and a dialog box will pop up to remind you to put

ISE cleaning solution to the position 37 on the Sample/Reagent Disk.

5 After cleaning, if there are samples requested for the ISE tests to be run, calibration should be run first. But We recommend running an ISE calibration after cleaning.

5 Service and Maintenance

ISE unit daily cleaning can be configured to operate automatically. See 4.16.1.2ISE for details.

5.2.8.2 Pump Calibration

Pump Calibration can be configurated to operate automatically. See 4.16.1.2ISE for details.

5.3 Weekly Maintenance

5.3.1 Cleaning Probe

WARNING

The probe tip is sharp and can cause puncture wounds. To prevent injury, exercise caution when working around the probe.

The acid or alkaline wash solution may hurt human skins. Exercise caution when handling the wash solution.

BIOHAZARD

Wear gloves and lab coat and, if necessary, goggles.

Dispose of the used gauze in accordance with your local or national guidelines for biohazard waste disposal.

1 Place the Power to OFF.

2 Remove the cover from the sample/reagent disk.

3 Remove the sample/reagent disk.

5 Service and Maintenance 5-9

4 Pull the probe arm to the highest point by hand. Rotate the probe arm to move the probe to a position above the sample/reagent compartment and convenient to operate.

5

CAUTION

The tweezers may scratch the probe. Exercise caution when using it to clean the probe. Avoid direct contact between the tweezers and the probe. Do not use excessive force when cleaning the probe. Otherwise it may bend.

NOTE

We recommend the acid and alkaline wash solutions be used alternately for this purpose. For instance, if the acid wash solution has been used for last maintenance, the alkaline wash solution had better be used for this time.

Use ethanol-dipped gauze to gently wipe the exterior of the probe until it is clean and smooth.

5-10

6 Use tweezers to pinch deionized water-soaked gauze to clean the probe.

5 Service and Maintenance

7 After cleaning, gently pull the probe arm to its highest point and rotate the probe arm to move the probe to a position above the wash well.

8 Load the sample/reagent disk.

9 Install the sample/reagent disk cover.

5 Service and Maintenance 5-11

5.3.2 Cleaning Mixing Bar

WARNING

The probe tip is sharp and can cause puncture wounds. To prevent injury, exercise caution when working around the probe.

BIOHAZARD

Wear gloves and lab coat and, if necessary, goggles.

Dispose of the used gauze in accordance with your local or national guidelines for biohazard waste disposal.

1 Place the Power to OFF.

2 Pull the mixing bar arm to the highest point by hand. Rotate the bar arm to move the bar to a position convenient to operate.

3

CAUTION

The tweezers can scratch the bar. Exercise caution when using the tweezers to clean the bar. Avoid direct contact between the tweezers and the bar. Do not use excessive force when cleaning the bar. Otherwise it may bend.

NOTE

We recommend the acid and alkaline wash solutions be used alternately for this purpose. For instance, if the acid wash solution has been used for last maintenance, the alkaline wash solution had better be used for this time.

Use ethanol-dipped gauze to gently clean the mixer until it is clean and smooth.

5-12

4 Use tweezers to pinch deionized water-soaked gauze to clean the mixing bar.

5 Service and Maintenance

5 After cleaning, gently pull the bar arm to its highest point and rotate the bar arm to move the bar to a position above the wash well.

5.3.3 Washing Deionized Water Tank

CAUTION

The water must meet requirements of the CAP Type II water.

When placing the deionized water tank, ensure the top of the tank is lower than the bearing platform on which the system is placed.

Ensure the deionized water pickup tube is not blocked, bent, or twisted.

1 Place the Power to OFF.

2

CAUTION

After removing the cap of the deionized water, place it on a clean table.

Unscrew (counter-clockwise) the tank cap and remove the cap together with the pickup tube and the sensor.

3 Wash the tank interior with deionized water. Use a clean brush to clean the interior if necessary.

4 Wash the pickup tube and the sensor with deionized water. Use clean gauze to wash them if necessary.

5 Wipe water off the tank exterior, pickup tube and sensor cable with clean gauze.

6 Add deionized water into the tank.

7 Screw (clockwise) the cap back onto the tank until secure.

5.3.4 Washing Waste Tank

BIOHAZARD

Wear gloves and lab coat and, if necessary, goggles.

Exercise caution and do not spill the waste onto other people or things.

Dispose of the wastewater in accordance with your local or national guidelines for biohazard waste disposal, and consult the manufacturer or distributor of the reagents for details.

Dispose of the used gauze in accordance with your local or national guidelines for biohazard waste disposal.

CAUTION

5 Service and Maintenance 5-13

When placing the waste tank, ensure the top of the tank is lower than the bearing platform on which the system is placed.

Ensure the waste tube is over the tank and not blocked, bent, or twisted. A blocked, bent or twisted waste tube may lead to wastewater overflow that may damage the analyzer.

1 Place the Power to OFF.

2

BIOHAZARD

After removing the cap of the waste tank (together with the tube and sensor), place it on an appropriate place to avoid infection.

Unscrew (counter-clockwise) the tank cap and remove it together with the waste tube and the sensor from the tank.

3 Empty the waste tank.

4 Wash the tank interior with clean water. Soak the tank with disinfector if necessary.

5 Wash the waste tube and the sensor with clean water.

6 Wipe water off the tank exterior, waste tube and sensor cable with clean gauze.

7 Screw (clockwise) the cap (together with the waste tube and the sensor) back onto the tank until secure.

5.3.5 Cleaning Sample/Reagent Compartment

5-14

WARNING

The probe tip is sharp and can cause puncture wounds. To prevent injury, exercise caution when working around the probe.

BIOHAZARD

Wear gloves and lab coat and, if necessary, goggles.

Dispose of the used gauze in accordance with your local or national guidelines for biohazard waste disposal.

1 Place the Power to OFF.

2 Remove the cover from the sample/reagent disk.

3 Take out all calibrators, controls, samples, reagents, distilled water and wash solution from the sample/reagent disk.

4 Remove the sample/reagent disk.

5 Wash the disk with clean water and wipe it dry with clean gauze.

6 Use clean gauze (water or disinfector-dipped gauze if necessary) to clean the inside of the compartment.

7 Load the sample/reagent disk.

5 Service and Maintenance

8 Install the sample/reagent disk cover.

5.3.6 Cleaning Panel of Analyzing Unit

WARNING

The probe tip is sharp and can cause puncture wounds. To prevent injury, exercise caution when working around the probe.

BIOHAZARD

Wear gloves and lab coat and, if necessary, goggles.

1 Place the Power to OFF.

2 Wipe the panel of the analyzing unit with clean gauze (water or disinfector-dipped gauze if necessary).

5.4 Monthly Maintenance

5.4.1 Cleaning Wash Well of Probe

WARNING

The probe tip is sharp and can cause puncture wounds. To prevent injury, exercise caution when working around the probe.

BIOHAZARD

Wear gloves and lab coat and, if necessary, goggles.

Dispose of used cotton swabs in accordance with your local or national guidelines for biohazard waste disposal.

1 Place the Power to OFF.

2 Pull the probe arm to its highest point. Rotate the arm to move the probe away from the wash well.

3 Clean the inside of and the place around the wash well with cotton swabs.

4 Pull the probe arm to its highest point and rotate it to move the probe to a position above the wash well.

5.4.2 Cleaning Wash Well of Mixing Bar

WARNING

The bar tip is sharp and can cause puncture wounds. To prevent injury, exercise caution when working around the mixing bar.

5 Service and Maintenance 5-15

BIOHAZARD

Wear gloves and lab coat and, if necessary, goggles.

Dispose of used cotton swabs in accordance with your local or national guidelines for biohazard waste disposal.

1 Place the Power to OFF.

2 Pull the mixing bar arm to its highest point.

3 Clean the inside of and the place around the wash well with cotton swabs.

4 Pull the mixing bar arm to a position above the wash well.

5.5 Six-month Maintenance

5.5.1 Washing Dust Screen

1 Place the Main Power to OFF.

2 Use a screwdriver to unscrew the screws on the right plate and remove the right plate.

3 Remove the dust screens from the plate.

5-16

4 Wash the screens with clean water and dry them by airing.

5 Install the screens back to the right plate.

6 Install the right plate with screws.

5 Service and Maintenance

5.5.2 Replacing Filter Assemby

1 Remove cap assembly from the DI water tank and place it on a clean desktop. Carefully remove the filter assembly from the cap assembly.

2 Inject water into the new filter assembly through the big adapter by using the syringe. When water wells up from the small adapter, the injection is completed. Purpose: increase the weight of the filter assembly to make it sink to the bottom of the water tank.

3 Connect the new filter assembly to the tubes of the cap assembly.

5 Service and Maintenance 5-17

4 Expel air from the filter assemby

1) Connect the DI water tank assembly to the analyzer (pay attention to the color of the adapters). Put the assembly into the water tank and make sure that the filter sink smoothly to the tank bottom and does not twist with the floater connecting rod. Tighten the cap of the DI water until secure.

2) Place the Main Power and Power of the analyzer to ON. Turn on the computer and start the operating software.

3) Reset 10 times (click Maintenance and then select Alignment, click Reset) to expel the air in the filter assemby and the tubes.

5

4) Check for large amount of buubles in the outlet tube. If yes, continue the resetting process; if not, the air expelling is completed.

The installation is completed.

5.6 Irregular Maintenance

5.6.1 Unclogging Probe

When the probe is clogged, the fluid flow will become abnormal.

Follow the steps given below to remove, unclog and install the probe.

5.6.1.1 Removing Probe

5-18

WARNING

The probe tip is sharp and can cause puncture wounds. To prevent injury, exercise caution when working around the probe.

5 Service and Maintenance

BIOHAZARD

Wear gloves and lab coat and, if necessary, goggles.

1 Place the Power to OFF.

2 Remove the sample/reagent disk.

3 Pull the probe arm to the highest point by hand. Rotate the probe arm to move the probe to a position above the sample/reagent compartment and convenient to operate.

4 Grab the lower part of the arm cover with two hands and pull them slightly outwards and remove the cover upward from the arm base. After you remove the cover, the inside structure of the probe arm is as shown in the figure below.

5 Hold the probe’ s fluid connector with one hand and the tubing connector with the other. Rotate the tubing connector counter-clockwise until it disconnects from the probe. Remove the tubing from the probe.

CAUTION

You will see a small gasket inside the tubing connector which is removed from the probe. Exercise caution and make sure the gasket is always inside the tubing connector. If the gasket falls off, store it in a clean place.

After disconnecting the tubing from the probe, use clean gauze to wipe the tubing connector so that no liquid drops will appear.

6 Press the circuit board with one hand and disconnect the probe’s circuit connector from the board with the other hand.

CAUTION

Exercise caution when disconnecting the connector. Excessive force may damage the connector and/or the circuit board.

7 Use a slotted head screwdriver to remove the retaining screw on the probe and take out the spring.

5 Service and Maintenance 5-19

8

WARNING

Store the removed probe in a safe place where it will neither endanger people working around the area nor be damaged.

NOTE

Exercise caution when pulling the probe away from the arm.

Slowly pull the probe away from the probe arm. Exercise caution so that the gasket inside the probe does not drop out and if it does, store it in a clean place for later installation.

NOTE

A bent or damaged probe will lead to unreliable test results and should be replaced immediately.

5.6.1.2 Unclogging Probe

WARNING

The probe tip is sharp and can cause puncture wounds. To prevent injury, exercise caution when working around the probe.

BIOHAZARD

Wear gloves and lab coat and, if necessary, goggles.

Dispose of the used needle in accordance with your local or national guidelines for biohazard waste disposal.

1 Use a needle to unclog the probe from the tip.

CAUTION

A bent or damaged probe will lead to unreliable test results and should be replaced immediately.

5-20 5 Service and Maintenance

5.6.1.3 Installing Probe

WARNING

The probe tip is sharp and can cause puncture wounds. To prevent injury, exercise caution when working around the probe.

BIOHAZARD

Wear gloves and lab coat and, if necessary, goggles.

1 Place the Power to OFF.

2 Insert the probe back into the hole on probe arm, and align the hole on probe plate to the rotor inside the arm.

3 Sleeve the spring on the rotor and screw the retaining screws to secure.

4 Pinch the probe by the part near the probe arm. Gently push the probe upward and then release the probe to see if the spring can move freely.

If yes, proceed to the next step.

If not, check for errors and try again after removing the errors.

5 Connect the probe’ s circuit connector back to the circuit board.

6 Ensure the gasket is inside the probe.

NOTE

You should replace the gasket with a new one after removing and installing the probe for about 2-3 times. Otherwise, sealingness of the fluidic path and sampling precision may be influenced.

5 Service and Maintenance 5-21

7

CAUTION

The fluid tube inside the probe arm should be bent into a circle when being installed.

Exercise caution when connecting the probe. Excessive force may bend the probe.

Screw (clockwise) the probe’ s fluid connector back to the tubing connector.

8 Add deionized water to a clean cup. Immerse the probe tip into the water by about 3mm and the LED on the circuit board will be lighted. Take the probe tip out of water, and the LED will be off. If the test succeeds, proceed to the next step.

If not, please contact our customer service department or your local distributor.

9 Check the marks inside the probe arm cover to see the orientation of the cover. Install the cover back to the probe arm.

CAUTION

The marks inside the probe arm cover are shown in the figure below.

5-22

10 Pull the probe arm to its highest point and rotate it to move the probe to a position above the wash well.

11 Load the sample/reagent disk.

CAUTION

A bent or damaged probe will lead to unreliable test results and should be replaced immediately.

5 Service and Maintenance

5.6.2 Replacing Probe

If the probe is bent or damaged, it must be replaced immediately. Follow the procedure given below to replace the damaged or bent probe.

WARNING

The probe tip is sharp and can cause puncture wounds. To prevent injury, exercise caution when working around the probe.

BIOHAZARD

Wear gloves and lab coat and, if necessary, goggles.

CAUTION

Please use our recommended consumables. Other consumables may decrease the system performance.

1 Remove the bent or damaged probe as instructed by 5.6.1.1Removing

Probe

.

BIOHAZARD

Dispose of the bent or damaged probe in accordance with your local or national guidelines for biohazard waste disposal.

2 Install a new probe as instructed by 5.6.1.3Installing Probe.

5.6.3 Replacing Mixing Bar

If the mixing bar is damaged, it must be replaced immediately. Follow the procedure given below to replace the damaged mixing bar.

WARNING

The bar tip is sharp and can cause puncture wounds. To prevent injury, exercise caution when working around the mixing bar.

When replacing the bar, pinch the bar only by the knurled part and do not touch the other part of the bar. Protect the flat part of the bar from been scratched.

BIOHAZARD

Wear gloves and lab coat and, if necessary, goggles.

Dispose of the damaged mixing bar in accordance with your local or national guidelines for biohazard waste disposal.

CAUTION

Please use our recommended consumables. Other consumables may decrease the system performance.

5 Service and Maintenance 5-23

1 Place the Power to OFF.

2 Gently pull the bar arm to its highest point and move the bar to a position convenient to operate.

3

CAUTION

When trying to pull out the bar, concentrate your force in the direction of the axis on the bar arm. Biased force may damage the bar and/or the axis.

Pinch the bar by the knurled part with one hand and unscrew

(counter-clockwise) the retaining nut with the other hand until the mixing bar looses. Pull the bar downward to remove it and remove the nut.

4 Align the new mixing bar to the bigger hole end of the retaining nut and gently screw it into the nut until the end of the bar is in line with the smaller hole end of the nut.

5-24 5 Service and Maintenance

5 Pinch the mixing bar by the knurled part and align the hole of the nut to the axis on the bar arm, then push the bar upward in the direction of the axis until it can’t proceed. Tighten the nut by screwing clockwise with the other hand.

CAUTION

When trying to pull out the bar, concentrate your force in the direction of the axis on the bar arm. Biased force may damage the bar and/or the axis.

Ensure the bar is all the way pushed to the end.

6 After replacing the bar, visually check whether the bar is vertical to the bar arm.

If not, remove the bar and re-install it.

If yes, proceed to the next step.

7 Pull the bar arm slightly and move the bar to a position above its wash well.

5.6.4 Replacing Plunger Assembly of Syringe

You should replace the old plunger assembly of syringe with a new one when,

„

The old one has served for three months; or

„ The old one has been used for over 100,000 tests; or

„ The old one is apparently damaged.

WARNING

The probe tip is sharp and can cause puncture wounds. To prevent injury, exercise caution when working around the probe.

BIOHAZARD

Wear gloves and lab coat and, if necessary, goggles.

CAUTION

Please use our recommended consumables. Other consumables may decrease the system performance.

Exercise caution when installing the plunger assembly. Excessive force may crack the syringe. The syringe gasket that has been removed and installed for 2 or 3 times must be replaced in time.

Always wear gloves while replacing the plunger assembly of syringe.

5 Service and Maintenance 5-25

1 Place the Power to OFF.

2 Unscrew the screws on the syringe cover and remove the cover. The structure of the syringe is as shown in the figure below.

3 Prepare a new plunger assembly (shown in the figure below) and soak the plunger tip in deionized water to eliminate bubbles.

5-26

4 Unscrew (counter-clockwise) the lower retaining screw.

5 Unscrew (counter-clockwise) the four retaining screws, remove the screws and space bars, and remove the syringe from the holder.

6

WARNING

There may be residual water in the syringe connector. Do not drop water onto the analyzing unit.

Grab the Tee with one hand and the syringe connector with the other hand and unscrew (counter-clockwise) the syringe. Exercise caution so that the gasket on the syringe does not drop out and if it does, store it in a clean place for later installation.

NOTE

You should replace the gasket with a new one after removing and installing the syringe for about 2-3 times. Otherwise, sealingness of the fluidic path and sampling precision may be influenced.

5 Service and Maintenance

7 Unscrew (counter-clockwise) the plunger guide cap and pinch the plunger button to gently pull the plunger assembly from the syringe.

8 Pinch the new plunger assembly by the plunger button and carefully insert the plunger tip into the syringe and push it all the way to the end. Screw

(clockwise) the plunger guide cap until secure.

9 Immerse the syringe connector into deionized water. Pinch the plunger button, pull it to aspirate half syringe of deionized water and then push it to expel the deionized water and the air from the syringe.

10 Grab the Tee with one hand and the syringe connector with the other hand.

Screw (clockwise) the syringe into the Tee until secure.

11 Place the syringe on the holder. Install space bars and fix retaining screws.

CAUTION

The upper edge of the upper space bar must reach the seventh line of the scale on the syringe.

When fixing retaining screws, be sure to tighten them alternately with equilibrium force.

12 Screw (clockwise) the lower retaining screw until secure.

13 Place the Power back to ON. the

Syringe) to 450ul. Click R. Syringe Aspirate. After the syringe finishes the motion, click R. Syringe Dispense. You may repeat this action several times.

Refer to 4.17.5Alignment for details.

Pay attention to bubbles during the aspiration/dispensing process.

If there are bubbles observed during the process, they may be caused by the air leak between the syringe and the Tee. Uninstall the syringe and re-install it.

If the bubbles are found again, please contact our customer service department or your local distributor.

5.6.5 Removing Air Bubbles

When you see air bubbles in the syringe, follow this procedure to remove them.

BIOHAZARD

To prevent infection, always wear gloves, goggles and protective clothing when doing the maintenance.

Dispose of the waste in accordance with your local or national guidelines for biohazard waste disposal.

5 Service and Maintenance 5-27

1 Place the Power to OFF.

2 Unscrew the screws on the syringe cover and remove the cover.

The structure of the syringe is as shown in the figure below.

3 Unscrew (counter-clockwise) the lower retaining screw.

4 Unscrew (counter-clockwise) the four retaining screws, remove the screws and space bars, and remove the syringe from the holder.

5 Pull the plunger gently outwards until you can not proceed any more, and then push it quickly. Repeat this pull-push operation until the air bubbles are removed from the syringe.

CAUTION

Be sure not to push the plunger to the end tip; otherwise the syringe may be damaged.

6 Place the syringe on the holder. Install space bars and fix retaining screws.

NOTE

The upper edge of the upper space bar must reach the seventh line of the scale on the syringe.

When fixing retaining screws, be sure to tighten them alternately with equilibrium force.

7 Screw (clockwise) the lower retaining screw until secure.

5.6.6 Replacing Lamp

5-28

Replace the lamp with a new one when the system reminds you to do so, or the service time of the lamp has added up to 1,000 hours.

5 Service and Maintenance

CAUTION

Please use our recommended consumables. Other consumables may decrease the system performance.

Do not touch either the light entrance of the lamp or the lens in front of the lamp. In case the entrance is dirty, clean it with ethanol-soaked defatted cotton.

NOTE

Avoid screws’ ingression into the analyzer while disassembling the panels.

1 Place the Main Power to OFF. Wait at least 15 minutes for the lamp and its housing to cool down.

WARNING

After working for a while, the lamp and its housing are usually hot enough to burn you. Do not proceed with this procedure until they have cooled down.

2 Unscrew the retaining screws on the front panel of the analyzing unit and remove the front panel. You will see the lamp inside the analyzing unit.

5 Service and Maintenance 5-29

3 Unplug the connector of the light source cable.

4 Loosen the retaining screws with hands, and then remove the lamp backwardly.

5 Install a new lamp by securing it with the retaining screws.

6 Connect the light source cable to the corresponding jack.

7 Install the panel back to the box and tighten the screws.

8 After new lamp is installed, run starting procedure, enter the software interface and check the background of the 8 wavelengths at the “Maintenance” interface. If the background is lower than 65535, the replacement is successful.

In case the background reaches 65535, please contact our customer service department or your local distributor.

5-30 5 Service and Maintenance

5.6.7 Replacing ISE Components (Optional)

BIOHAZARD:

To prevent infection, always wear gloves, goggles and protective clothing when doing the maintenance.

Dispose of the waste in accordance with your local or national guidelines for biohazard waste disposal.

CAUTION:

Use the consumables recommended by our company. Other consumables may degrade system performance.

NOTE:

Generally after the replacement of any of the following components, several ISE calibrations should be run before ISE Unit become stable.

5.6.7.1 Replacing Reagent Pack

1

2

Place the POWER to OFF.

Open the ISE unit door.

3 Remove and install a new reagent module. Refer to

2.10.1Installing/Removing Reagent Pack

6 Enter digit “25” in the blank on the right of the button Purge Comb, then click it.

Purge A and Purge B button to check whether the initialization of the Reagent Pack is finished. If no error occurs during the process, the

Reagent Pack is replaced successfully.

5.6.7.2 Replacing Electrodes

WARNING:

Before performing the replacement, make sure the analyzer is powered off.

If you run no more than 100 samples requested for the ISE tests a day, replace the electrodes according to the following recommended schedule:

Na

+

Electrode 6

K

+

Electrode 6

Cl

-

Electrode 6 months

Li

+

Reference Electrode 6 months

5 Service and Maintenance 5-31

If you run more than 100 samples requested for the ISE tests a day, replace the electrodes according to the following recommended schedule:

Na

+

Electrode 10,000

K

+

Electrode 10,000

Cl

-

Electrode 10,000 samples

Li

+

Reference Electrode 10,000 samples

NOTE:

Because the electrodes must be installed sequentially, you have to take out the electrode to be replaced and those (or that) over it from above to below.

4 Replace the electrodes, please refer to the 2.10.2Installing/Removing

Electrodes

Purge A button and if no error occurs during the process, it means the electrode is replaced successfully.

5.7 Maintenance Log Sheets

The following table lists the parts to be maintained and the maintenance schedules.

Please copy it every month and place a check mark in each day column for the maintenance items in the list after performing maintenance.

5-32 5 Service and Maintenance

Month

————

Year

——————

Maintenance Record

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

Daily Maintenance

1

Checking Syringe

2

Checking Probe

3

Checking Mixing Bar

4

5

6

Checking Connection of

Deionized Water

Checking Connection of

Wastewater

Checking Remaining

Deionized Water

7

Emptying Waste Tank

Weekly Maintenance

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

1

Cleaning Probe

2

Cleaning Mixing Bar

3

Washing DI Water Tank

4

Washing Waste Tank

5

Clean Panel of Analyzing

Unit

Monthly Maintenance

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

1

Cleaning Wash Well of

Probe

2

Cleaning Wash Well of

Mixing Bar

Maintenance Every Six Months

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

1

Washing Dust Screen

5 Service and Maintenance 5-33

2

Replacing Filter Assembly

Irregular Maintenance

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

1

Unclogging Probe

2

Replacing Probe

3

Replacing Mixing Bar

4

Replacing Plunger

Assembly

5

Removing Air Bubbles

6

Replacing Lamp

7

Replacing ISE

Components (optional)

5-34 5 Service and Maintenance

6

Troubleshooting

This chapter presents all warning messages and recommended corrective actions, which should be taken in time once any error occurs.

If the recommended measures fail to solve the problems, contact our customer service department or your local distributor.

When an error or failure occurs, the system will display the error or warning message and take corresponding actions automatically.

The error or warning messages will be displayed in the warning messages area at the bottom of the operating software screen and the warning messages will be recorded in the system log. The log will record the time, level, code and detailed message of each warning to help you record and search errors. Refer to 4.17.3Log for details about the log.

In case of an error/warning message, check its error code on the Logs screen, and then check the table below for recommended corrective measures.

6.1 Classification of Error Messages

On the system, the error messages are divided into different types according to their severity.

Severity: Warning

Level Description

0 Errors to neglect

1 Errors to flag tests

Actions taken by the system

The system only reminds you of the errors and will not take any actions.

The system flags the tests, to which abnormity

6 Troubleshooting 6-1

6-2

2

3

4

5

6 occurs or whose results are unreliable.

Errors to invalidate When a test is invalidated due to the abnormal sample sample, the system will rerun the test immediately.

Errors to skip sample Samples for certain tests are used out.

The system ignores all tests related to the sample and continues with other tests. You can refill the sample and resume the tests after other tests are finished, or after clicking the

Probe Stop button.

Errors to invalidate When a test is invalidated due to the erroneous reagent reagent, the system will rerun the test immediately.

Errors to skip reagent Reagents for certain tests are used out.

The system skips all tests related to the reagent and continues with other tests. You can refill the reagent and resume the tests after other tests are finished, or after clicking the Probe Stop button.

Errors to invalidate The system will invalidate all tests that are sample/reagent related to the reagent and sample.

Severity: Pausing

Level Description

7 Errors to pause mixing bar

Actions taken by the system

The system will pause the probe/mixing bar and invalidate all tests but those which already have R1, sample and R1 dispensed and stirred.

8 Errors to pause probe The system will pause the probe and invalidate all tests but those which already have R1, sample and R1 dispensed.

6 Troubleshooting

Severity: Stopping analysis

Level Description

9 Errors to stop analysis in emergency

Actions taken by the system

During analysis, certain errors occur so that photometric measurement of reaction liquid is affected and the reaction disk cannot rotate normally or finish the photometric measurement.

Severity: Forbidding

Level

10

Description

Errors to forbid test

Actions taken by the system

When errors of this level occur, all tests are forbidden even the system is in idle status. If the system is running tests, no tests will continue in the next period, and all unfinished tests will be invalidated. However, you can perform other operations, such as printing test results, inquiring measurement records, etc.

Severity: Startup forbidden

Level Description

11 Errors to forbid startup

Actions taken by the system

The operating software refuses to start up or is terminated, and then exits and returns to the

Windows operating system.

Severity: Invalidating module (Reserved)

Level Description

12 Errors to invalidate

ISE tests

Actions taken by the system

The ISE tests that are affected by bubbled sample or go out of measurement range due to abnormal(insufficiently-aspirated) sample are invalidated and then run again. If the error occurs for continuously 3 times due to the same cause, the system will skip all ISE tests related to the sample during the current batch of tests.

6 Troubleshooting 6-3

6-4

Severity: Forbidding module (Reserved)

Level Description Actions taken by the system

13 Errors to forbid

14 scanning

Errors to forbid ISE normally, the system will not try again during the measurement. The sample positions should be set up manually. Only when reconnected and proved to be normal, the sample bar code reader can start working.

When errors (like calibration slope out of range) occur due to failed ISE component,

ISE tests will be forbidden. If such errors occur during measurement, the system will invalidate the failed ISE tests and skip all other ISE tests in current batch. If such errors occur in idle status, the system will not include

ISE tests once stating analysis.

Severity: Errors to forbid LIS (Reserved)

Level Description

15 Errors to forbid LIS

Actions taken by the system

When the LIS host goes wrong or the network connection and settings are improper, the system cannot download sample information from or send test results to LIS. You can use all functions associated to LIS only after reconnecting the system to LIS successfully.

NOTE

Errors of all levels but 11 will be recorded in the error logs once triggered. When level-11 error occurs, the operating software will not take any actions but warn you about the error and wait for your confirmation and then exit.

6 Troubleshooting

6.2 Corrective Measures

When an error occurs, check the error code on the Logs screen of the operating software and then find corresponding measures in the following tables.

WARNING

When troubleshooting the analyzer, first find out whether it is necessary to switch off the Main Power or Power.

BIOHAZARD

Wear gloves and lab coat and, if necessary, goggles.

6 Troubleshooting 6-5

Error Code Error Message

10070001BBA5 ISE unit result error: Bubble calibration cycle error.

Air in calibrant A

Corrective Measure

1. Make sure that the electrodes, the pumps and the tubing are assembled correctly.

2. Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed and initialized.

3. Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the

Daily Maint tab. Click the Purge A button to see whether there is enough

Calibration A.

Contact our Customer Service Department or your local distributor. 10070001BBD5 ISE unit result error: Bubble calibration cycle error.

Bubble detector failure

10070001BBF5

10070001BBN5

ISE unit result error: Bubble calibration cycle error.

No flow

ISE unit result error: Bubble calibration cycle error.

Reagent module is not installed

1. Make sure that the electrodes, the pumps and the tubing are assembled correctly.

2. Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed and initialized.

3. Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the

Daily Maint tab. Click the Purge A button to see whether there is enough

Calibration A.

1. Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed. If not, please install it.

2. Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly.

10070001BBR5 ISE unit result error: Bubble calibration cycle error.

Dallas read

10070001BBT5 ISE unit result error: Bubble calibration cycle error.

Invalid command

10070001BBW5 ISE unit result error: Bubble calibration cycle error.

Dallas write

10070001CAA5 ISE unit result error: Calibration cycle error. Air in calibrant A

3. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

1. Make sure that the electrodes, the pumps and the tubing are assembled correctly.

2. Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed and initialized.

3. Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the

Daily Maint tab. Click the Purge A button to see whether there is enough

Calibration A.

6-6 6 Troubleshooting

10070001CAB5 ISE unit result error: Calibration cycle error. Air in calibrant B

1. Make sure that the electrodes, the pumps and the tubing are assembled correctly.

2. Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed and initialized.

3. Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the

Daily Maint tab. Click the Purge B button to see whether there is enough

Calibration A.

10070001CAF5 ISE unit result error: Calibration cycle error. No flow 1. Make sure that the electrodes, the pumps and the tubing are assembled correctly.

10070001CAM5 ISE unit result error: Calibration cycle error

2. Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed and initialized.

3. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

10070001CAN5 ISE unit result error: Calibration cycle error.

Reagent module is not installed

1. Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed. If not, please install it.

2. Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly.

3. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

10070001CAQ5 ISE unit result error: Calibration cycle error.

Calibration value saving failed

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

10070001CAR5 ISE unit result error: Calibration cycle error. Dallas read

1. Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed. If not, please install it.

2. Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly.

3. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

10070001CAT5 ISE unit result error: Calibration cycle error. Invalid command

10070001CAW5 ISE unit result error: Calibration cycle error. Dallas write

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

1. Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed. If not, please install it.

2. Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly.

3. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

6 Troubleshooting 6-7

10070001CLA5 ISE unit result error: Clean cycle error. Air in calibrant A

1. Make sure that the electrodes, the pumps and the tubing are assembled correctly.

2. Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed and initialized.

3. Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the

Daily Maint tab. Click the Purge A button to see whether there is enough

Calibration A.

10070001CLC5 ISE unit result error: Clean cycle error. Air in cleaner 1. Make sure that the electrodes, the pumps and the tubing are assembled correctly.

2. Check whether there is enough cleaning solution on the Sample/Reagent Disk.

3. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

10070001CLF5 ISE unit result error: Clean cycle error. No flow 1. Make sure that the electrodes, the pumps and the tubing are assembled correctly.

2. Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed and initialized.

3. Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the

Daily Maint tab. Click the Purge A and Purge B buttons to see whether there is enough Calibrator.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor. 10070001CLM5 ISE unit result error: Clean cycle error

10070001CLN5 ISE unit result error: Clean cycle error. Reagent module is not installed

1. Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed. If not, please install it.

2. Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly.

3. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

10070001CLR5 ISE unit result error: Clean cycle error. Dallas read 1. Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed.

2. Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly.

3. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

10070001CLT5 ISE unit result error: Clean cycle error. Invalid command

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

10070001CLW5 ISE unit result error: Clean cycle error. Dallas write 1. Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed.

2. Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly.

3. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

6-8 6 Troubleshooting

10070001COM5 ISE unit result error: Communication error

10070001CON5 ISE unit result error: Communication error. Reagent module is not installed

10070001COR5 ISE unit result error: Communication error. Dallas read

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

1. Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed. If not, please install it.

2. Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly.

3. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

1. Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed.

2. Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly.

3. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

10070001COT5 ISE unit result error: Communication error. Invalid command

10070001COW5 ISE unit result error: Communication error. Dallas write

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

1. Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed.

2. Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly.

10070001DAM5 ISE unit result error: Dallas cycle error

10070001DAN5 ISE unit result error: Dallas cycle error. Reagent module is not installed

3. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

1. Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed. If not, please install it.

2. Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly.

3. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

10070001DAR5 ISE unit result error: Dallas cycle error. Dallas read 1. Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed.

2. Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly.

3. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

10070001DAT5 ISE unit result error: Dallas cycle error. Invalid command

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

10070001DAW5 ISE unit result error: Dallas cycle error. Dallas write 1. Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed.

2. Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly.

3. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

6 Troubleshooting 6-9

10070001MAF5 ISE unit result error: Maintenance cycle error. No flow

1. Make sure that the electrodes, the pumps and the tubing are assembled correctly.

2. Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed and initialized.

10070001MAM5 ISE unit result error: Maintenance cycle error

3. Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the

Daily Maint tab. Click the Purge A and Purge B buttons to see whether there is enough Calibrator.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

10070001MAT5 ISE unit result error: Maintenance cycle error.

Invalid command

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

10070001GAA5 ISE unit result error: Purge A cycle error. Air in calibrant A

1. Make sure that the electrodes, the pumps and the tubing are assembled correctly.

2. Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed and initialized.

10070001GAF5

10070001GAM5

ISE unit result error: Purge A cycle error. No flow

ISE unit result error: Purge A cycle error

10070001GAN5 ISE unit result error: Purge A cycle error. Reagent module is not installed

3. Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the

Daily Maint tab. Click the Purge A button to see whether there is enough

Calibration A.

1. Make sure that the electrodes, the pumps and the tubing are assembled correctly.

2. Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed and initialized.

3. Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the

Daily Maint tab. Click the Purge A and Purge B buttons to see whether there is enough Calibrator.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

1. Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed. If not, please install it.

2. Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly.

10070001GAR5 ISE unit result error: Purge A cycle error. Dallas read

3. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

1. Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed.

2. Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly.

3. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

6-10 6 Troubleshooting

10070001GAT5 ISE unit result error: Purge A cycle error. Invalid command

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

10070001GAW5 ISE unit result error: Purge A cycle error. Dallas write

1. Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed.

2. Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly.

10070001GBB5 ISE unit result error: Purge B cycle error. Air in calibrant B

3. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

1. Make sure that the electrodes, the pumps and the tubing are assembled correctly.

2. Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed and initialized.

3. Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the

Daily Maint tab. Click the Purge B button to see whether there is enough

Calibration A.

10070001GBF5 ISE unit result error: Purge B cycle error. No flow 1. Make sure that the electrodes, the pumps and the tubing are assembled correctly.

2. Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed and initialized.

10070001GBM5 ISE unit result error: Purge B cycle error

10070001GBN5 ISE unit result error: Purge B cycle error. Reagent module is not installed

3. Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the

Daily Maint tab. Click the Purge A and Purge B buttons to see whether there is enough Calibrator.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

1. Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed. If not, please install it.

10070001GBR5 ISE unit result error: Purge B cycle error. Dallas read

2. Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly.

3. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

1. Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed.

2. Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly.

10070001GBT5 ISE unit result error: Purge B cycle error. Invalid command

3. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

6 Troubleshooting 6-11

10070001GBW5 ISE unit result error: Purge B cycle error. Dallas write

1. Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed.

2. Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly.

3. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

10070001PMA5 ISE unit result error: Pump calibration cycle error.

Air in calibrant A

10070001PMF5 ISE unit result error: Pump calibration cycle error.

No flow

1. Make sure that the electrodes, the pumps and the tubing are assembled correctly.

2. Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed and initialized.

3. Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the

Daily Maint tab. Click the Purge A button to see whether there is enough

Calibration A.

1. Make sure that the electrodes, the pumps and the tubing are assembled correctly.

10070001PMM5 ISE unit result error: Pump calibration cycle error

10070001PMN5 ISE unit result error: Pump calibration cycle error.

Reagent module is not installed

2. Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed and initialized.

3. Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the

Daily Maint tab. Click the Purge A and Purge B buttons to see whether there is enough Calibrator.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

1. Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed. If not, please install it.

2. Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly.

3. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

10070001PMP5 ISE unit result error: Pump calibration cycle error.

Pump calibration

10070001PMQ5 ISE unit result error: Pump calibration cycle error.

Calibration value saving failed

10070001PMR5 ISE unit result error: Pump calibration cycle error.

Dallas read

10070001PMT5 ISE unit result error: Pump calibration cycle error.

Invalid command

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

1. Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed.

2. Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly.

3. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

6-12 6 Troubleshooting

10070001PMW5 ISE unit result error: Pump calibration cycle error.

Dallas write

1. Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed.

2. Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly.

3. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

10070001SEA5 ISE unit result error: Serum cycle error. Air in calibrant A

1. Make sure that the electrodes, the pumps and the tubing are assembled correctly.

10070001SEF5 ISE unit result error: Serum cycle error. No flow

2. Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed and initialized.

3. Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the

Daily Maint tab. Click the Purge A button to see whether there is enough

Calibration A.

1. Make sure that the electrodes, the pumps and the tubing are assembled correctly.

2. Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed and initialized.

3. Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the

Daily Maint tab. Click the Purge A and Purge B buttons to see whether there is enough Calibrator.

10070001SEM5 ISE unit result error: Serum cycle error

10070001SEN5 ISE unit result error: Serum cycle error. Reagent module is not installed

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

1. Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed. If not, please install it.

2. Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly.

3. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

10070001SER5 ISE unit result error: Serum cycle error. Dallas read 1. Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed.

2. Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly.

3. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

10070001SES5 ISE unit result error: Serum cycle error. Air in sample

Check whether there is enough sample in the sample container.

10070001SET5 ISE unit result error: Serum cycle error. Invalid command

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

6 Troubleshooting 6-13

10070001SEW5 ISE unit result error: Serum cycle error. Dallas write 1. Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed.

2. Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly.

3. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

10070001SIA5

10070001SIF5

ISE unit result error: SIP cycle error. Air in calibrant

A

ISE unit result error: SIP cycle error. No flow

1. Make sure that the electrodes, the pumps and the tubing are assembled correctly.

2. Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed and initialized.

3. Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the

Daily Maint tab. Click the Purge A button to see whether there is enough

Calibration A.

1. Make sure that the electrodes, the pumps and the tubing are assembled correctly.

2. Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed and initialized.

3. Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the

Daily Maint tab. Click the Purge A and Purge B buttons to see whether there is enough Calibrator.

10070001SIM5 ISE unit result error: SIP cycle error 1. Make sure that the electrodes, the pumps and the tubing are assembled correctly.

2. Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed and initialized.

3. Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the

Daily Maint tab. Click the Purge A button to see whether there is enough

Calibration A.

10070001SIN5 ISE unit result error: SIP cycle error. Reagent module is not installed

1. Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed. If not, please install it.

2. Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly.

10070001SIR5 ISE unit result error: SIP cycle error. Dallas read

3. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

1. Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed.

2. Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly.

3. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

10070001SIT5 ISE unit result error: SIP cycle error. Invalid command

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

6-14 6 Troubleshooting

10070001SIW5 ISE unit result error: SIP cycle error. Dallas write 1. Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed.

2. Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly.

3. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

10070001URA5 ISE unit result error: Urine cycle error. Air in calibrant A

1. Make sure that the electrodes, the pumps and the tubing are assembled correctly.

2. Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed and initialized.

3. Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the

Daily Maint tab. Click the Purge A button to see whether there is enough

Calibration A.

10070001URB5 ISE unit result error: Urine cycle error. Air in calibrant B

1. Make sure that the electrodes, the pumps and the tubing are assembled correctly.

2. Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed and initialized.

3. Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the

Daily Maint tab. Click the Purge B button to see whether there is enough

Calibration A.

10070001URF5 ISE unit result error: Urine cycle error. No flow 1. Make sure that the electrodes, the pumps and the tubing are assembled correctly.

2. Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed and initialized.

3. Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the

Daily Maint tab. Click the Purge A and Purge B buttons to see whether there is enough Calibrator.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor. 10070001URM5 ISE unit result error: Urine cycle error

10070001URN5 ISE unit result error: Urine cycle error. Reagent module is not installed

1. Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed. If not, please install it.

2. Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly.

3. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

10070001URR5 ISE unit result error: Urine cycle error. Dallas read 1. Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed.

2. Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly.

3. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

6 Troubleshooting 6-15

10070001URS5 ISE unit result error: Urine cycle error. Air in sample Check whether there is enough sample in the sample container.

10070001URT5 ISE unit result error: Urine cycle error. Invalid command

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

10070001URW5 ISE unit result error: Urine cycle error. Dallas write 1. Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed.

2. Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly.

200700010000 ISE unit warning: Unit is busy

3. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100700020085 ISE unit result error: Cl electrode voltage overflow

(Cal B/Sample)

1. Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the

Daily Maint tab. Click the Purge A button to recalibrate the ISE module.

2. Replace the electrode and test.

1007000200C5 ISE unit result error: Cl, K electrodes voltage overflow (Cal B/Sample)

1. Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the

Daily Maint tab. Click the Purge A button to recalibrate the ISE module.

1007000200E5 ISE unit result error: Cl, K, Na electrodes voltage overflow (Cal B/Sample)

2. Replace reference electrode and recalibrate.

1. Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the

Daily Maint tab. Click the Purge A button to recalibrate the ISE module.

2. Replace reference electrode and recalibrate.

1007000200A5 ISE unit result error: Cl, Na electrodes voltage overflow (Cal B/Sample)

1. Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the

Daily Maint tab. Click the Purge A button to recalibrate the ISE module.

2. Replace reference electrode and recalibrate.

100700020045 ISE unit result error: K electrode voltage overflow

(Cal B/Sample)

1. Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the

Daily Maint tab. Click the Purge A button to recalibrate the ISE module.

2. Replace the electrode and test.

100700020065 ISE unit result error: K, Na electrodes voltage overflow (Cal B/Sample)

1. Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the

Daily Maint tab. Click the Purge A button to recalibrate the ISE module.

100700020025 ISE unit result error: Na electrode voltage overflow

(Cal B/Sample)

2. Replace reference electrode and recalibrate.

1. Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the

Daily Maint tab. Click the Purge A button to recalibrate the ISE module.

2. Replace the electrode and test.

6-16 6 Troubleshooting

100700030085 ISE unit result error: Cl electrode voltage overflow

(Cal A in calib mode, Cal B in urine mode)

1. Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the

Daily Maint tab. Click the Purge A button to recalibrate the ISE module.

2. Replace the electrode and test.

1007000300C5 ISE unit result error: Cl, K electrodes voltage overflow (Cal A in calib mode, Cal B in urine mode)

1. Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the

Daily Maint tab. Click the Purge A button to recalibrate the ISE module.

1007000300E5 ISE unit result error: Cl, K, Na electrodes voltage overflow (Cal A in calib mode, Cal B in urine mode)

2. Replace reference electrode and recalibrate.

1. Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the

Daily Maint tab. Click the Purge A button to recalibrate the ISE module.

2. Replace reference electrode and recalibrate.

1007000300A5 ISE unit result error: Cl, Na electrodes voltage overflow (Cal A in calib mode, Cal B in urine mode)

1. Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the

Daily Maint tab. Click the Purge A button to recalibrate the ISE module.

100700030045 ISE unit result error: K electrode voltage overflow

(Cal A in calib mode, Cal B in urine mode)

2. Replace reference electrode and recalibrate.

1. Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the

Daily Maint tab. Click the Purge A button to recalibrate the ISE module.

2. Replace the electrode and test.

100700030065

100700030025

ISE unit result error: K, Na electrodes voltage overflow (Cal A in calib mode, Cal B in urine mode)

1. Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the

Daily Maint tab. Click the Purge A button to recalibrate the ISE module.

ISE unit result error: Na electrode voltage overflow

(Cal A in calib mode, Cal B in urine mode)

2. Replace reference electrode and recalibrate.

1. Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the

Daily Maint tab. Click the Purge A button to recalibrate the ISE module.

100700040085 ISE unit result error: Cl electrode voltage noise (Cal

B/Sample)

2. Replace the electrode and test.

1. Replace the electrode and test.

2. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

1007000400C5 ISE unit result error: Cl, K electrodes voltage noise

(Cal B/Sample)

1007000400E5 ISE unit result error: Cl, K, Na electrodes voltage noise (Cal B/Sample)

1. Replace the electrode and test.

2. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

1. Replace the electrode and test.

2. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

6 Troubleshooting 6-17

1007000400A5 ISE unit result error: Cl, Na electrodes voltage noise

(Cal B/Sample)

1. Replace the electrode and test.

2. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

1. Replace the electrode and test. 100700040045 ISE unit result error: K electrode voltage noise (Cal

B/Sample)

100700040065 ISE unit result error: K, Na electrodes voltage noise

(Cal B/Sample)

2. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

1. Replace the electrode and test.

2. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100700040025 ISE unit result error: Na electrode voltage noise

(Cal B/Sample)

100700050085 ISE unit result error: Cl electrode voltage noise (Cal

A in calib mode, Cal B in urine mode)

1. Replace the electrode and test.

2. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

1. Replace the electrode and test.

2. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

1007000500C5 ISE unit result error: Cl, K electrodes voltage noise

(Cal A in calib mode, Cal B in urine mode)

1. Replace the electrode and test.

1007000500E5 ISE unit result error: Cl, K, Na electrodes voltage noise (Cal A in calib mode, Cal B in urine mode)

2. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

1. Replace the electrode and test.

1007000500A5 ISE unit result error: Cl, Na electrodes voltage noise

(Cal A in calib mode, Cal B in urine mode)

2. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

1. Replace the electrode and test.

100700050045 ISE unit result error: K electrode voltage noise (Cal

A in calib mode, Cal B in urine mode)

2. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

1. Replace the electrode and test.

100700050065 ISE unit result error: K, Na electrodes voltage noise

(Cal A in calib mode, Cal B in urine mode)

2. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

1. Replace the electrode and test.

2. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100700050025 ISE unit result error: Na electrode voltage noise

(Cal A in calib mode, Cal B in urine mode)

1. Replace the electrode and test.

2. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

6-18 6 Troubleshooting

100700060085

1007000600C5

ISE unit result error: Cl electrode slope drift

ISE unit result error: Cl, K electrodes slope drift

1. Repeat to calibrate the ISE module for several times.

2. Replace the electrode.

3. Replace the Reagent Pack.

4. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

1. Repeat to calibrate the ISE module for several times.

2. Replace the electrode.

3. Replace the Reagent Pack.

4. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

1007000600E5 ISE unit result error: Cl, K, Na electrodes slope drift 1. Repeat to calibrate the ISE module for several times.

2. Replace the electrode.

3. Replace the Reagent Pack.

1007000600A5 ISE unit result error: Cl, Na electrodes slope drift

4. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

1. Repeat to calibrate the ISE module for several times.

2. Replace the electrode.

3. Replace the Reagent Pack.

100700060045

100700060065

ISE unit result error: K electrode slope drift

ISE unit result error: K, Na electrodes slope drift

4. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

1. Repeat to calibrate the ISE module for several times.

2. Replace the electrode.3.Replace the Reagent Pack.

4. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

1. Repeat to calibrate the ISE module for several times.

2. Replace the electrode.

3. Replace the Reagent Pack.

4. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

6 Troubleshooting 6-19

100700060025 ISE unit result error: Na electrode slope drift 1. Repeat to calibrate the ISE module for several times.

2. Replace the electrode.

3.Replace the Reagent Pack.

4. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100700070085 ISE unit result error: Cl electrode out of slope range 1. Remove the electrode to inspect the O-rings.

2. Replace the Reagent Pack and retest.

3. Remove electrode, tap to dislodge bubble, reinstall and recalibrate.

1007000700C5 ISE unit result error: Cl, K electrodes out of slope range

4. Replace reference electrode.

5. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

1. Remove the electrode to inspect the O-rings.

2. Replace the Reagent Pack and retest.

1007000700E5 ISE unit result error: Cl, K, Na electrodes out of slope range

3. Remove electrode, tap to dislodge bubble, reinstall and recalibrate.

4. Replace reference electrode.

5. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

1. Remove the electrode to inspect the O-rings.

2. Replace the Reagent Pack and retest.

3. Remove electrode, tap to dislodge bubble, reinstall and recalibrate.

4. Replace reference electrode.

5. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

1007000700A5 ISE unit result error: Cl, Na electrodes out of slope range

1. Remove the electrode to inspect the O-rings.

2. Replace the Reagent Pack and retest.

3. Remove electrode, tap to dislodge bubble, reinstall and recalibrate.

4. Replace reference electrode.

5. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

6-20 6 Troubleshooting

100700070045 ISE unit result error: K electrode out of slope range 1. Remove the electrode to inspect the O-rings.

2. Replace the Reagent Pack and retest.

3. Remove electrode, tap to dislodge bubble, reinstall and recalibrate.

100700070065 ISE unit result error: K, Na electrodes out of slope range

4. Replace reference electrode.

5. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

1. Remove the electrode to inspect the O-rings.

2. Replace the Reagent Pack and retest.

3. Remove electrode, tap to dislodge bubble, reinstall and recalibrate.

4. Replace reference electrode.

5. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100700070025 ISE unit result error: Na electrode out of slope range

1. Remove the electrode to inspect the O-rings.

2. Replace the Reagent Pack and retest.

3. Remove electrode, tap to dislodge bubble, reinstall and recalibrate.

4. Replace reference electrode.

5. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100701250005 ISE unit result error: Instruction sending failed

100701260005 ISE unit result error: Main unit does not receive response from ISE unit

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100701270005 ISE unit result error: Main unit does not receive results from ISE unit

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100640010007 Main unit result error: Command error

100640020007 Main unit result error: Self-check error

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100640030007 Main unit result error: Shaking hands with other units

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100640040007 Main unit result error: Shaking hands with other units error

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100640050007 Main unit result error: E2PROM read error Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

6 Troubleshooting 6-21

100640060007 Main unit result error: E2PROM check sum error

100640070007 Main unit result error: E2PROM write protection

100640080007 Main unit result error: E2PROM write error

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100640090007 Main unit result error: Downloading parameter Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100640100007 Main unit result error: Parameter downloading failed Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100640110007 Main unit result error: Resetting other units

100640120007 Main unit result error: Other units resetting error

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100640130007 Main unit result error: Shutting down other units

100640140007 Main unit result error: Other units shutdown error

100640150007 Main unit result error: Invalid status. Self-check

100640150017 Main unit result error: Invalid status. Error

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100640150027 Main unit result error: Invalid status. Waiting for handshake

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100640150037 Main unit result error: Invalid status. Shutdown

100640160007 Main unit result error: Unit busy. No response

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100640170007 Main unit result error: Analyzing error. Reaction disk affected

100640180006 Main unit result error: Analyzing error. Reaction disk not affected

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100640190007 Main unit result error: Undefined system operation Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100640200007 Main unit result error: Wrong system operation parameter

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100640210007 Main unit result error: Undefined search Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100640220007 Main unit result error: Wrong searching parameter Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100640230007 Main unit result error: Undefined configuration Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100640240007 Main unit result error: Wrong configuration parameter

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

6-22 6 Troubleshooting

100640250007 Main unit result error: Undefined process

100640260007 Main unit result error: Wrong process parameter

100640270007 Main unit result error: Restoring E2PROM

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100640280007 Main unit result error: Updating E2PROM Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100640290007 Main unit result error: Please re-download parameter

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100640300007 Main unit result error: Parameter write protection Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100640310007 Main unit result error: No result, or timeout

100650010005 Reaction unit result error: Command error

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100650020005 Reaction unit result error: Self-check error Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100650030005 Reaction unit result error: Mechanical resetting error Reset the mechanical parts as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100650040005 Reaction unit result error: Invalid status. Self-check Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100650040015 Reaction unit result error: Invalid status. Error Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100650040025 Reaction unit result error: Invalid status. Waiting for handshake

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100650040035 Reaction unit result error: Invalid status. Shutdown Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100650040045

Reaction unit result error: Photoelectric error. Filter wheel cannot find its home position

00650040055

Reaction unit result error: Photoelectric error.

Timeout

100650050005 Reaction unit result error: Unit busy. No response

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100650060005 Reaction unit result error: Undefined speed Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100650070005 Reaction unit result error: Wrong speed parameter Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100650080005 Reaction unit result error: Configure undefined parameter

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100650090005 Reaction unit result error: Wrong configuration parameter

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

6 Troubleshooting 6-23

100650100005 Reaction unit result error: Undefined search Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100650110005 Reaction unit result error: Wrong searching parameter

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100650120005 Reaction unit result error: Undefined system operation

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100650130005 Reaction unit result error: Wrong system operation parameter

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100650140005 Reaction unit result error: Rotation error. Cannot reach the home position

Check the reaction disk as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100650140015 Reaction unit result error: Rotation error. Cannot move away from the home position

Check the reaction disk as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100650140025 Reaction unit result error: Rotation error. Step missing

Check the reaction disk as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100650140045 Reaction unit result error: Rotation error. Mixing Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100650140055 Reaction unit result error: Rotation error. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Aspirating/dispensing sample

100650140065 Reaction unit result error: Rotation error.

Aspirating/dispensing reagent

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100650140075 Reaction unit result error: Rotation error. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Aspirating/dispensing R2

100650150005 Reaction unit result error: Photoelectric error. Lamp off

100650150015 Reaction unit result error: Photoelectric error. Lamp too dark

Check the lamp as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Check the lamp status as instructed by 4.17.1 Daily Maintenance. Replace the lamp as needed. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100650150025 Reaction unit result error: Photoelectric error. Signal collection busy

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100650150035 Reaction unit result error: Photoelectric error. Lamp

On/Off actions are opposite

100650160005 Reaction unit result error: Undefined commission

Check the lamp as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

6-24 6 Troubleshooting

100650170005 Reaction unit result error: Wrong commissioning parameter

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100650180005 Reaction unit result error: Not commissioning Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100650190005 Reaction unit result error: Parameter modify protection

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100651250005 Reaction unit result error: Main unit sending error Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100651270005 Reaction unit result error: Main unit does not receive the reaction unit result

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100660010000 Temperature unit result error: Command error

100660020000 Temperature unit result error: Self-check error

100660030000 Temperature unit result error: Mechanical resetting error

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Reset the mechanical parts as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100660040000 Temperature unit result error: Status error.

Self-check

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100660040010 Temperature unit result error: Status error. Error Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100660040020 Temperature unit result error: Status error. Waiting for handshake

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100660040030 Temperature unit result error: Status error.

Shutdown

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100660050000 Temperature unit result error: Unit busy. No response

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100660060000 Temperature unit result error: Undefined search Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100660070000 Temperature unit result error: Wrong searching parameter

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100660080000 Temperature unit result error: Undefined temperature parameter

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100660090000 Temperature unit result error: Wrong temperature parameter

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

6 Troubleshooting 6-25

100660100000 Temperature unit result error: Undefined sensor parameter

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100660110000 Temperature unit result error: Wrong sensor parameter

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100660120000 Temperature unit result error: Undefined target temperature

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100660130000 Temperature unit result error: Wrong target Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor. temperature parameter

100660140000 Temperature unit result error: Undefined system operation

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100660150000 Temperature unit result error: Wrong system operation parameter

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100660160000 Temperature unit result error: Parameter write protection

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100661250000 Temperature unit result error: Main unit sending error

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100661270000 Temperature unit result error: Main unit does not receive the Temperature unit result

100670010005 Mixing unit result error: Command error

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100670020005 Mixing unit result error: Self-check error Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100670030005 Mixing unit result error: Mechanical resetting error Reset the mechanical parts as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100670040005 Mixing unit result error: Status error. Self-check Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100670040015 Mixing unit result error: Status error. Error Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100670040025 Mixing unit result error: Status error. Waiting for handshake

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100670040035 Mixing unit result error: Status error. Shutdown Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100670050005 Mixing unit result error: Unit busy. No response

100670060005 Mixing unit result error: Undefined speed

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

6-26 6 Troubleshooting

100670070005 Mixing unit result error: Wrong speed parameter

100670080005 Mixing unit result error: Undefined configuration

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100670090005 Mixing unit result error: Wrong configuration parameter

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100670100005 Mixing unit result error: Undefined search

100670110005 Mixing unit result error: Wrong searching parameter

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100670120005 Mixing unit result error: Undefined system operation Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100670130005 Mixing unit result error: Wrong system operation parameter

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100670140005 Mixing unit result error: Undefined commission Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100670150005 Mixing unit result error: Wrong commissioning parameter

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100670160005 Mixing unit result error: Not commissioning Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100670170005 Mixing unit result error: Mixing bar vertical movement error. Cannot reach the home position

Check the mixing bar as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100670170015 Mixing unit result error: Mixing bar vertical movement error. Cannot move away from the home position

Check the mixing bar as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100670170025 Mixing unit result error: Mixing bar vertical Check the mixing bar as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, movement error. Trying to move away from the home position contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100670170035 Mixing unit result error: Mixing bar vertical movement error. Trying to move away from the washing limit position

Check the mixing bar as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100670170045 Mixing unit result error: Mixing bar vertical movement error. Trying to move away from the mixing limit position

Check the mixing bar as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100670170055 Mixing unit result error: Mixing bar vertical movement error. Collision

Turn off the analyzing unit and check if the mixing bar is blocked horizontally. If yes, remove the barrier. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

6 Troubleshooting 6-27

100670170065 Mixing unit result error: Mixing bar vertical movement error. Step missing

Check the mixing bar as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100670170075 Mixing unit result error: Mixing bar vertical movement error. Wrong direction

Check the mixing bar as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100670170085 Mixing unit result error: Mixing bar vertical movement error. Horizontal position error

Check the mixing bar as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100670170095 Mixing unit result error: Mixing bar vertical movement error. Reaction disk is rotating

Check the mixing bar as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100670190015 Mixing unit result error: Mixing bar motor error.

Cannot start up

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100670190025 Mixing unit result error: Mixing bar motor error.

Cannot shut down

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100670200005 Mixing unit result error: Write protection

100670210005 Mixing unit result error: Mixing bar selection error

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100670220005 Mixing unit result error: Undefined simple operation Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100670230005 Mixing unit result error: Wrong simple operation parameter

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100671250005 Mixing unit result error: Main unit sending error

100671270005 Mixing unit result error: Main unit does not receive the mixing unit result

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100680010005 Sample unit result error: Command error

100680020005 Sample unit result error: Self-check error

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100680030005 Sample unit result error: Mechanical resetting error Reset the mechanical parts as instructed 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100680040005 Sample unit result error: Status error. Self-check

100680040015 Sample unit result error: Status error. Error

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100680040025 Sample unit result error: Status error. Waiting for handshake

100680040035 Sample unit result error: Status error. Shutdown

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

6-28 6 Troubleshooting

100680050005 Sample unit result error: Unit busy. No response

100680060005 Sample unit result error: Undefined speed

100680070005 Sample unit result error: Wrong speed parameter

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100680080005 Sample unit result error: Undefined configuration Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100680090005 Sample unit result error: Wrong configuration parameter

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100680100005 Sample unit result error: Undefined search Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100680110005 Sample unit result error: Wrong searching parameter

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100680120005 Sample unit result error: Undefined system operation

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100680130005 Sample unit result error: Wrong system operation parameter

100680140005 Sample unit result error: Undefined commission

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100680150005 Sample unit result error: Wrong commissioning parameter

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100680160005 Sample unit result error: Not commissioning

100680170005 Sample unit result error: Fluid controlling error

100680180005 Sample unit result error: Sample disk rotation error.

Cannot reach the home position

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Turn off the analyzing unit. Check the syringe for leakage and check the sample probe to see if there are drops hanging on the probe tip. Then commission the fluid as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer

Service Department or your local distributor.

Check the sample disk as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100680180015 Sample unit result error: Sample disk rotation error.

Cannot move away from the home position

100680180025 Sample unit result error: Sample disk rotation error.

Step missing

100680180035 Sample unit result error: Sample disk rotation error.

Probe in disk

Check the sample disk as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Check the sample disk as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Move the sample probe outside the sample disk as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment.

If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

6 Troubleshooting 6-29

100680180045 Sample unit result error: Sample disk rotation error.

Disabled

100680190005 Sample unit result error: Disk and probe selection error

Check the sample disk as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100680200005 Sample unit result error: Syringe error. Full aspiration failed

Check the syringe as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100680200015 Sample unit result error: Syringe error. Full dispensing failed

Check the syringe as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100680200025 Sample unit result error: Syringe error. Cannot reach the home position

Check the syringe as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100680200035 Sample unit result error: Syringe error. Cannot move away from the home position

Check the syringe as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100680200045 Sample unit result error: Syringe error. Inadequate aspiration

100680200055 Sample unit result error: Syringe error. Inadequate dispensing

Check the syringe as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Check the syringe as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100680200065 Sample unit result error: Syringe error. Step missing Check the syringe as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Aspirating/dispensing not allowed now

100680210005 Sample unit result error: Reagent probe horizontal movement error. Cannot reach the home position our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Check the sample probe as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100680210015 Sample unit result error: Sample probe horizontal movement error. Cannot move away from the home position

Check the sample probe as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100680210025 Sample unit result error: Sample probe horizontal movement error. Trying to move away from the sample disk limit position

Check the sample probe as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100680210035 Sample unit result error: Sample probe horizontal movement error. Trying to move away from the reaction disk limit position

Check the sample probe as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

6-30 6 Troubleshooting

100680210045 Sample unit result error: Sample probe horizontal movement error. Collision

Turn off the analyzing unit and check if the sample probe is blocked horizontally. If yes, remove the barrier. If the error remains, contact our customer Service

Department or your local distributor.

100680210055 Sample unit result error: Sample probe horizontal movement error. Step missing

100680210065 Sample unit result error: Sample probe horizontal movement error. Disabled

Check the sample probe as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Check the sample probe as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100680220005 Sample unit result error: Sample probe vertical movement error. Cannot reach the home position

Check the sample probe as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100680220015 Sample unit result error: Sample probe vertical movement error. Cannot move away from the home position

Check the sample probe as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100680220025 Sample unit result error: Sample probe vertical movement error. Trying to move away from the initial limit position

Check the sample probe as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100680220035 Sample unit result error: Sample probe vertical movement error. Trying to move away from the sample disk limit position

Check the sample probe as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100680220045 Sample unit result error: Sample probe vertical movement error. Trying to move away from the washing limit position

Check the sample probe as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100680220055 Sample unit result error: Sample probe vertical movement error. Trying to move away from the reaction disk limit position

Check the sample probe as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100680220065 Sample unit result error: Sample probe vertical movement error. No liquid surface detected

Pause dispensing and check if there is a sample at the specified position. If no, add one. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100680220075 Sample unit result error: Sample probe vertical movement error. Collision

Turn off the analyzing unit and check if the sample probe is blocked horizontally. If yes, remove the barrier. If the error remains, contact our customer Service

Department or your local distributor.

100680220085 Sample unit result error: Sample probe vertical movement error. Step missing

Check the sample probe as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

6 Troubleshooting 6-31

100680220095 Sample unit result error: Sample probe vertical movement error. Sample disk or reaction disk is rotating

If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100680220105 Sample unit result error: Sample probe vertical movement error. Disabled

Check the sample probe as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100680220115 Sample unit result error: Sample probe vertical movement error. Keep collision

Check the sample probe as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100680230005 Sample unit result error: Undefined simple operation of this unit

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100680240005 Sample unit result error: Wrong simple operation parameter

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100680250005 Sample unit result error: Tube position error

100680260005 Sample unit result error: Parameter write protection of this unit

100681250005 Sample unit result error: Main unit sending error

100681270005 Sample unit result error: Main unit does not receive the sample unit result

100690010005

100690020005

Reagent unit result error: Command error

Reagent unit result error: Self-check error

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100690030005 Reagent unit result error: Mechanical resetting error Reset the mechanical parts as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100690040005 Reagent unit result error: Status error. Self-check

100690040015 Reagent unit result error: Status error. Error

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100690040025 Reagent unit result error: Status error. Waiting for handshake

100690040035

100690050005

Reagent unit result error: Status error. Shutdown

Reagent unit result error: Unit busy. No response

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100690060005 Reagent unit result error: Undefined speed Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100690070005 Reagent unit result error: Wrong speed parameter Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

6-32 6 Troubleshooting

100690080005 Reagent unit result error: Undefined parameter configuration

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100690090005 Reagent unit result error: Wrong configuration parameter

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100690100005 Reagent unit result error: Undefined search Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100690110005 Reagent unit result error: Wrong searching parameter

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100690120005 Reagent unit result error: Undefined system operation

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100690130005 Reagent unit result error: Wrong system operation parameter

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100690140005 Reagent unit result error: Undefined commission Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100690150005 Reagent unit result error: Wrong commissioning parameter

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100690160005 Reagent unit result error: Not commissioning Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100690170005 Reagent unit result error: Fluid controlling error Turn off the analyzing unit. Check the syringe for leakage and check the sample probe to see if there are drops hanging on the probe tip. Then commission the fluid as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer

Service Department or your local distributor.

100690180005

100690180015

Reagent unit result error: Disk rotation error. Cannot reach the home position

Reagent unit result error: Disk rotation error. Cannot move away from the home position

Check the reagent disk as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Move the reagent probe outside the reagent disk as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment.

If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Check the reagent disk as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100690180025 Reagent unit result error: Disk rotation error. Step missing

100690180035 Reagent unit result error: Disk rotation error. Probe in disk

Move the reagent probe outside the reagent disk as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment.

If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100690180045 Reagent unit result error: Disk rotation error.

Disabled

Check the reagent disk as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

6 Troubleshooting 6-33

100690190005 Reagent unit result error: Disk and probe selection error

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100690200005 Reagent unit result error: Syringe error. Full aspiration failed

Check the syringe as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100690200015 Reagent unit result error: Syringe error. Full dispensing failed

Check the syringe as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100690200025 Reagent unit result error: Syringe error. Cannot reach the home position

Check the syringe as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100690200035 Reagent unit result error: Syringe error. Cannot move away from the home position

Check the syringe as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100690200045 Reagent unit result error: Syringe error. Inadequate aspiration

100690200055 Reagent unit result error: Syringe error. Inadequate dispensing

Check the syringe as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Check the syringe as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100690200065 Reagent unit result error: Syringe error. Step missing

Check the syringe as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100690200075 Reagent unit result error: Syringe error.

Aspirating/dispensing not allowed now

Check the syringe as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100690210005 Reagent unit result error: Reagent probe horizontal movement error. Cannot reach the home position

100690210015 Reagent unit result error: Reagent probe horizontal movement error. Cannot move away from the home position

Check the reagent probe as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Check the reagent probe as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100690210025 Reagent unit result error: Reagent probe horizontal movement error. Trying to move away from the reagent disk limit position

Check the reagent probe as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100690210035 Reagent unit result error: Reagent probe horizontal movement error. Trying to move away from the reaction disk limit position

Check the reagent probe as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

6-34 6 Troubleshooting

100690210045 Reagent unit result error: Reagent probe horizontal movement error. Collision

100690210055 Reagent unit result error: Reagent probe horizontal movement error. Step missing

100690210065 Reagent unit result error: Reagent probe horizontal movement error. Disabled

Turn off the analyzing unit and check if the reagent probe is blocked horizontally. If yes, remove the barrier. If the error remains, contact our customer Service

Department or your local distributor.

Check the reagent probe as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Check the reagent probe as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100690220005 Reagent unit result error: Reagent probe vertical movement error. Cannot reach the home position

Check the reagent probe as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100690220015 Reagent unit result error: Reagent probe vertical movement error. Cannot move away from the home position

Check the reagent probe as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100690220025 Reagent unit result error: Reagent probe vertical movement error. Trying to move away from the initial limit position

Check the reagent probe as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100690220035 Reagent unit result error: Reagent probe vertical movement error. Trying to move away from the reagent disk limit position

Check the reagent probe as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100690220045 Reagent unit result error: Reagent probe vertical movement error. Trying to move away from the washing limit position

Check the reagent probe as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100690220055 Reagent unit result error: Reagent probe vertical movement error. Trying to move away from the reaction disk limit position

Check the reagent probe as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100690220065 Reagent unit result error: Reagent probe vertical movement error. No liquid surface detected

Pause dispensing and check if there is a reagent at the specified position. If no, add one. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100690220075 Reagent unit result error: Reagent probe vertical movement error. Collision

Turn off the analyzing unit and check if the reagent probe is blocked vertically. If yes, remove the barrier. If the error remains, contact our customer Service

Department or your local distributor.

100690220085 Reagent unit result error: Reagent probe vertical movement error. Step missing

Check the reagent probe as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

6 Troubleshooting 6-35

100690220095 Reagent unit result error: Reagent probe vertical movement error. Reagent disk or reaction disk is rotating

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100690220105 Reagent unit result error: Reagent probe vertical movement error. Disabled

Check the reagent probe as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100690220115 Reagent unit result error: Reagent probe vertical movement error. Keep Collision

Check the reagent probe as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100690230005 Reagent unit result error: Undefined simple operation

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100690240005 Reagent unit result error: Wrong simple operation parameter

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100690250005 Reagent unit result error: Bottle position error Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100690260005 Reagent unit result error: Parameter write protection Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

100691250005 Reagent unit result error: Main unit sending error

100691270005 Reagent unit result error: Main unit does not receive the reagent unit result

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

200650010000 Reaction unit warning: Step missing

200650020000 Reaction unit warning: Lamp too dark

200650030000 Reaction unit warning: Partial data missing

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Check the lamp status as instructed by 4.17.1 Daily Maintenance. Replace the lamp as needed. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

200650040000 Reaction unit warning: This instruction is neglected on current software version

200650050000 Reaction unit warning: Photoelectric warning. Filter wheel step missing

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

200660010000 Temperature unit warning: Reaction temperature abnormal

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

200660020000 Temperature unit warning: Reagent pre-heating temperature abnormal

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

6-36 6 Troubleshooting

200660030000 Temperature unit warning: Reagent refrigeration temperature abnormal

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

200670010002 Mixing unit warning: Invalid mixing

200670020002 Mixing unit warning: Invalid washing

Check the mixing bar as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Check the mixing bar as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

200670030000 Mixing unit warning: Mixing cancelled

200670040000 Mixing unit warning: Washing cancelled

Check the mixing bar as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Check the mixing bar as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

200670050000 Mixing unit warning: Mixing bar exceeds the home position horizontally

Check the mixing bar as instructed by . If the error remains, contact our customer

Service Department or your local distributor.

200670060000 Mixing unit warning: Mixing bar exceeds the limit position horizontally

Check the mixing bar as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

200670070000 Mixing unit warning: Mixing bar exceeds the home position vertically

Check the mixing bar as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

200670080000 Mixing unit warning: Mixing bar exceeds the limit position vertically

Check the mixing bar as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

200680010000 Sample unit warning: Sample probe exceeds the home position horizontally

Check the sample disk as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

200680020000 Sample unit warning: Sample probe exceeds the limit position horizontally

Check the sample disk as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

200680030000 Sample unit warning: Sample probe exceeds the home position vertically

200680040000 Sample unit warning: Sample probe exceeds the limit position vertically

200680050000 Sample unit warning: Sample syringe full

Check the sample disk as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Check the sample disk as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Check the syringe as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

200680060000 Sample unit warning: Sample syringe empty Check the syringe as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

6 Troubleshooting 6-37

200680070003 Sample unit warning: No liquid surface detected when sample probe aspirating. … exhausted

Pause dispensing and check if there is enough sample (calibrator or control) at the specified position. If no, add more. If the error remains, contact our customer

Service Department or your local distributor.

200680080003 Sample unit warning: Liquid surface below probe tip when sample probe aspirating. … exhausted

Pause dispensing and check if there is enough sample (calibrator or control) at the specified position. If no, add more. If the error remains, contact our customer

Service Department or your local distributor.

200680090002 Sample unit warning: No liquid surface detected when sample probe dispensing

Pause dispensing and check if there is a sample at the specified position. If no, add one. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

200680100002 Sample unit warning: Inadequate dispensing of sample probe

Check the syringe as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

200680110006 Sample unit warning: No liquid surface detected when washing sample probe

Turn off the analyzing unit. Check the syringe for leakage and check the sample probe to see if there are drops hanging on the probe tip. Then commission the fluid as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer

Service Department or your local distributor.

200690010000 Reagent unit warning: Reagent probe exceeds the home position horizontally

200690020000 Reagent unit warning: Reagent probe exceeds the limit position horizontally

Check the reagent probe as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Check the reagent probe as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

200690030000 Reagent unit warning: Reagent probe exceeds the home position vertically

200690040000 Reagent unit warning: Reagent probe exceeds the limit position vertically

200690050000 Reagent unit warning: Syringe full

200690060000 Reagent unit warning: Syringe empty

Check the reagent probe as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Check the reagent probe as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Check the syringe as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Check the syringe as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

200690070003 Reagent unit warning: No liquid surface detected when reagent probe aspirating. … exhausted

Pause dispensing and check if there is a reagent (distilled water or wash solution) at the specified position. If no, add one. If the error remains, contact our customer

Service Department or your local distributor.

6-38 6 Troubleshooting

200690080003 Reagent unit warning: Liquid surface below probe tip when reagent probe aspirating. … exhausted

Pause dispensing and check if there is enough reagent (distilled water or wash solution) at the specified position. If no, add more. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

200690090002 Reagent unit warning: No liquid surface detected when reagent probe dispensing (%,%)

Pause dispensing and check if there is a reagent at the specified position. If no, add one. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

200690100002 Reagent unit warning: Inadequate dispensing of reagent probe

Check the syringe as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

200690110006 Reagent unit warning: No liquid surface detected when washing reagent probe

Pause dispensing and check if there is a reagent at the specified position. If no, add one. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

300640010007 Main unit response error: Parity error

300640020007 Main unit response error: Instruction too long

300640030007 Main unit response error: Instruction too short

300640040007 Main unit response error: Incomplete instruction

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

300640050007 Main unit response error: Check sum error

300640060007 Main unit response error: A value within 00-0x7F is larger than 0x7F

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

300640070007 Main unit response error: Unmatched machine type Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

300641260007 Main unit response error: No response, or timeout Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

300651260005 Reaction unit response error: No response, or timeout

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

300651260005 Reaction unit response error: No response, or timeout

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

300651260015 Reaction unit response error: Parity error

300651260025 Reaction unit response error: Instruction too long

300651260035 Reagent unit response error: Instruction too short

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

300651260045 Reaction unit response error: Incomplete instruction Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

300651260055 Reaction unit response error: Check sum error Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

6 Troubleshooting 6-39

300651260065 Reaction unit response error: A value within

00-0x7F is larger than 0x7F

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

300651260075 Reaction unit response error: Unmatched machine type

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

300651261265 Reaction unit response error: No response, or timeout

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor. 300660030000 Temperature unit response error: No response, or timeout

300660030010 Temperature unit response error: Parity error Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

300660030020 Temperature unit response error: Instruction too long

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

300660030030 Temperature unit response error: Instruction too short

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

300660030040 Temperature unit response error: Incomplete instruction

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

300660030050 Temperature unit response error: Check sum error Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

300660030060 Temperature unit response error: A value within

00-0x7F is larger than 0x7F

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor. response error: Unmatched Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor. machine type

300660031260 Temperature unit response error: No response, or timeout

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

300671260005 Mixing unit response error: No response, or timeout Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

300671260015 Mixing unit response error: Parity error

300671260025 Mixing unit response error: Instruction too long

300671260035 Mixing unit response error: Instruction too short

300671260045 Mixing unit response error: Incomplete instruction

300671260055 Mixing unit response error: Check sum error

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

6-40 6 Troubleshooting

300671260065 Mixing unit response error: A value within 00-0x7F is larger than 0x7F

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

300671260075 Mixing unit response error: Unmatched machine type

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

300671261265 Mixing unit response error: No response, or timeout Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

300681260005 Sample unit response error: No response, or timeout

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

300681260015 Sample unit response error: Parity error

300681260025 Sample unit response error: Instruction too long

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

300681260035 Sample unit response error: Instruction too short Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

300681260045 Sample unit response error: Incomplete instruction Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

300681260055 Sample unit response error: Check sum error

300681260065 Sample unit response error: A value within 00-0x7F is larger than 0x7F

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

300681260075 Sample unit response error: Unmatched machine type

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

300681261265 Sample unit response error: No response, or timeout

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

300691260005 Reagent unit response error: No response, or timeout

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

300691260015 Reagent unit response error: Parity error

300691260025 Reagent unit response error: Instruction too long

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

300691260045 Reagent unit response error: Incomplete instruction Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

300691260055 Reagent unit response error: Check sum error

300691260065 Reagent unit response error: A value within 00-0x7F is larger than 0x7F

300691260075 Reagent unit response error: Unmatched machine type

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

6 Troubleshooting 6-41

300691261265 Reagent unit response error: No response, or timeout

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400000010009 System environment error: Operating system error Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400000020009 System environment error: System language library does not exist

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400000030009 System environment error: Text resource library does not exist

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400000040009

400000050000

System environment error: Resolution error

System environment error: Wrong color

Reset the resolution (1024x768) of the display. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Reset the color (at least 8 bits) of the display. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400000060000 System environment error: Screen saver shutdown error

Close the screen saver. If the error remains, contact our customer Service

Department or your local distributor.

400000070000 System environment error: Sleeping shutdown error Shutdown the sleeping function. If the error remains, contact our customer Service

Department or your local distributor.

400000080009 Operating software error: Memory error Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400000110007 Operating software error: No empty command buffer

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400000120009 Operating software error: Void cursor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400000130008 Operating software error: Data processing thread error

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400000140008 Operating software error: Test thread error

400000150009 Operating software error: Multi-media timer error

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400000160000 System environment error: Mouse error If this error occurs once more, exit the operating software, then connect the mouse again and re-start the operation unit.

400000180009 Operating software error: Database does not exist Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400000190009 Operating software error: Database initialization error

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400000200009 Operating software error: Database version error Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

6-42 6 Troubleshooting

400000210009 Operating software error: Database error Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400000220009 Operating software error: Database connection error

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400000230009 Operating software error: Database is read only! Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400000250000 Operating software error: Database searching error Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400000260008 Operating software error: Database updating error(%d)

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400000270000 Operating software error: Database connection missing

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400000280000 Operating software error: Database backing up error

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400000290000 Operating software error: Database importing error Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400000300000 Operating software error: Database exporting error Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400000310008 Operating software error: Serial port startup error Check if the analyzing unit is connected to the operation unit properly, otherwise place the MAIN POWER to OFF and shut down the operation unit, then reconnect and restart them.

After restarting the analyzing unit and operation unit, if the error remains, download parameters again to initialize the serial port as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment.

If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400000320008 Operating software error: Serial port initialization error

Check if the analyzing unit is connected to the operation unit properly, otherwise place the MAIN POWER to OFF and shut down the operation unit, then reconnect and restart them.

After restarting the analyzing unit and operation unit, if the error remains, download parameters again to initialize the serial port as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment.

If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

6 Troubleshooting 6-43

400000330008 Operating software error: Serial port sending thread error

Check if the analyzing unit is connected to the operation unit properly, otherwise place the MAIN POWER to OFF and shut down the operation unit, then reconnect and restart them.

After restarting the analyzing unit and operation unit, if the error remains, download parameters again to initialize the serial port as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment.

If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400000340008 Operating software error: Serial port receiving thread error

Check if the analyzing unit is connected to the operation unit properly, otherwise place the MAIN POWER to OFF and shut down the operation unit, then reconnect and restart them.

After restarting the analyzing unit and operation unit, if the error remains, download parameters again to initialize the serial port as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment.

If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400000350008 Operating software error: Serial port sending error Check if the analyzing unit is connected to the operation unit properly, otherwise place the MAIN POWER to OFF and shut down the operation unit, then reconnect and restart them.

After restarting the analyzing unit and operation unit, if the error remains, download parameters again to initialize the serial port as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment.

If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400000360008 Operating software error: Serial port receiving error Check if the analyzing unit is connected to the operation unit properly, otherwise place the MAIN POWER to OFF and shut down the operation unit, then reconnect and restart them.

After restarting the analyzing unit and operation unit, if the error remains, download parameters again to initialize the serial port as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment.

If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor. 400000370009 Operating software error: Configuration file does not exist

400000380009 Operating software error: Configuration file error Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

6-44 6 Troubleshooting

400000390009 Operating error

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400000400000 Operating software error: Configuration file write error

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400000410000 Operating software error: Help file does not exist

400000420000 Operating software error: Help file opening error

400000430000 Operating software error: Log read error

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400000440000 Operating software error: Log write error

400000450000 Operating software error: Log error

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400000460008 Operating software error: Cannot connect to the analyzing unit

Check if the analyzing unit is connected to the operation unit properly, otherwise place the MAIN POWER to OFF and shut down the operation unit, then reconnect and restart them.

400000470008 Operating software error: Handshake failed

After restarting the analyzing unit and operation unit, if the error remains, download parameters again to initialize the serial port as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment.

If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Check if the analyzing unit is connected to the operation unit properly, otherwise place the MAIN POWER to OFF and shut down the operation unit, then reconnect and restart them.

After restarting the analyzing unit and operation unit, if the error remains, download parameters again to initialize the serial port as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment.

If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400000480008 Operating software error: Version No. checking error

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400000490000 Operating software error: Response does not corresponds to the command

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor. software corresponds to the command

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

6 Troubleshooting 6-45

400000510009 System environment error: Self-check error Check if the analyzing unit is connected to the operation unit properly, otherwise place the MAIN POWER to OFF and shut down the operation unit, then reconnect and restart them.

After restarting the analyzing unit and operation unit, if the error remains, perform self-checking again as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment.

If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400000520008 Operating software error: Parameter downloading error

Check if the analyzing unit is connected to the operation unit properly, otherwise place the MAIN POWER to OFF and shut down the operation unit, then reconnect and restart them.

After restarting the analyzing unit and operation unit, if the error remains, download parameters again as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment.

If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400000530008 Operating software error: Mechanical resetting error Reset the mechanical parts as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400000540008 Operating software error: Cuvette segment replacing error

Check the reaction disk as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor. measurement error

400000560008 Operating software error: Cuvette blank measurement error

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400000570008 Operating software error: Washing error Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400000580008 Operating software error: Startup check is not finished normally

Check if the analyzing unit is connected to the operation unit properly, otherwise place the MAIN POWER to OFF and shut down the operation unit, then reconnect and restart them.

After restarting the analyzing unit and operation unit, if the error remains, start the startup check again as instructed by 4.17.1 Daily Maintenance.

If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

6-46 6 Troubleshooting

400000590000 Operating software error: Lamp intensity on the low side

400000600008 Operating software error: Lamp intensity too low.

Can't test

Check the lamp as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Check the lamp as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400000610008 Operating software error: Dark current checking failed

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400000620008 Operating software error: Dark current too large Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400000630008 Operating software error: Both AD values are too similar

400000640008 Operating software error: Off AD is larger than the

On AD

400000650008 Operating software error: Lamp turning on failed

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400000660008 Operating software error: Lamp turning off failed

Check the lamp as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Check the lamp as instructed by 4.17.5 Alignment. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400000670008 Operating software error: Ambient temperature too high

400000680008 Operating software error: Ambient temperature too low

400000690008 Operating software error: Reaction temperature too high

400000700008 Operating software error: Reaction temperature too low

Check if the ambient temperature is within acceptable range. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Check if the ambient temperature is within acceptable range. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400000710000 Operating software error: Temperature fluctuation Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400000720000 Operating software error: Sending buffer overflows Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400000730000 Operating software error: Receiving buffer overflows

Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400000810001 Test result error: No balance point found in … Check the test parameters and rerun the test. If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

6 Troubleshooting 6-47

400000820001

400000830001

400000840001

Test result error: Linearity of reaction curve of … too weak

Test result error: Response of … calculation error

400000850001 Test result error: Response of … exceeds the one of weakest calibrator

400000860001 Test result error: Response of … exceeds the one of strongest calibrator

400000870001 Test result error: Concentration of … exceeds the low limit of linear range

400000880001 Test result error: Concentration of … exceeds the high limit of linear range

400000910001 Test result error: Absorbance of … too low

400000920001

400000930001

400000940001

400000950001

400000960001

400000970001

400000980001

Test result error: No linear range found in …

Test result error: Reagent blank of … too high

Test result error: R2 blank of … too low

Test result error: R2 blank of … too high

Test result error: Sample blank of … too low

Test result error: R2 blank of … too high

Test result error: Sample blank of … too low

Test result error: Sample blank of … too high

Check the test parameters and rerun the test. If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Check the test parameters and rerun the test. If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Check the test parameters and rerun the test. If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Check the calibrator and calibration rule and rerun the test. If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Check the calibrator and calibration rule and rerun the test. If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Check the test parameters and rerun the test. If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Check the test parameters and rerun the test. If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Rerun the test. If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service

Department or your local distributor.

Rerun the test. If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service

Department or your local distributor.

Rerun the reagent blank. If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer

Service Department or your local distributor.

Rerun the reagent blank. If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer

Service Department or your local distributor.

Rerun the reagent blank of this test. If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Rerun the reagent blank of this test. If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Rerun the test. If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service

Department or your local distributor.

Rerun the test. If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service

Department or your local distributor.

6-48 6 Troubleshooting

400000990001

400001000001

Test result error: Substrate of … exhausted

Test result error: Abnormal prozone check of …

Check the test parameters and rerun the test. If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Rerun the test. If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service

Department or your local distributor.

400001010001 Test result error: Calibration parameter of … calculation failed

Check the calibrator and calibration rule and rerun the calibration. If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400001020001 Test result error: Calibration SD of … too large Check the calibrator and calibration rule and rerun the calibration. If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400001030001 Test result error: Difference between calibration coefficients of … too large

Check the calibrator and calibration rule and rerun the calibration. If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400001040001 Test result error: Calibration related coefficients of … too low

Check the calibrator and calibration rule and rerun the calibration. If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400001050001 Test result error: Incomplete repeated calibration data of …

Check the calibrator and calibration rule and rerun the calibration. If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400001060001 Test result error: Calibration curve of … not monotonic

Check the calibrator and calibration rule and rerun the calibration. If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400001070001 Test result error: Concentration of … calculation failed

Check the test parameters and rerun the test. If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400001080001 Test result error: Incomplete test result of …

400001090001

400001100000

Test result error: Error of repeated … too large

Test result error: QC out of control

If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Check the calibrator and calibration rule and rerun the calibration. If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

6 Troubleshooting 6-49

400001110001

400001120001

Test result error: … dispensing delayed

Test result error: R2 of … delayed

If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400001130001 Test result error: Photoelectric collection of … delayed

If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400001140006

400001150006

Operating software error: Wash solution exhausted, or invalid sensor

Operating software error: Waste full

Check the deionized water tank. If the water is not enough, add more. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Check and clear the waste tank. If the error remains, contact our customer Service

Department or your local distributor.

400001230001 Test result error: Incomplete repeated QC data of … If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400001350000 Test result error: Blank response of … too low If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400001360000 Test result error: Blank response of … too high If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400001370000 Test result error: Calibration sensitivity of … too low If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400001410005 LIS communication error: LIS host can not be connected

If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400001420005 LIS communication error: Incorrect segment sequence. Required segment lost

If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400001430005 LIS communication error: Required field lost If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400001440005 LIS communication error: Data type error

400001450005

400001460005

LIS communication error: Field value is not found

LIS communication error: Wrong message type

If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

6-50 6 Troubleshooting

400001470005

400001480005

400001490005

LIS communication error: Wrong event No.

LIS communication error: Wrong process ID

LIS communication error: Wrong version No.

If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400001500005 LIS communication error: Unknown keyword identity If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400001510005 LIS communication error: Keyword identity already exists

400001520005 LIS communication error: Unknown error

If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400001530005 LIS communication error: Your query does not exist on LIS

400001540005 LIS communication error: LIS host is busy. Cannot respond

If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400001550005 LIS communication error: LIS response is timed out If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400001560000 LIS communication error: Wrong assay No. (%s,

%d)

400001670008 Operating software error: Reagent module reading failed

If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Check the reagent module. If the error occurs frequently, contact our customer

Service Department or your local distributor.

400001680008 Operating software error: Reagent module is expired

Replace the reagent module.

400001700000 LIS Communication Error: Sending buffer is full

400001710000 LIS communication error: Application record locked If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

400001720000 LIS communication error: Application error

If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

6 Troubleshooting 6-51

400001730001 Test result error: %s exceeds measurement range If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Replace.

400001750008

400001760008

Operating software error: ISE instruction execute error

If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

Operating software error: ISE module error

If this error occurs frequently, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

500000170000 System environment error: Printer connection error Check the connection between the operation unit and the printer and ensure the printer is on. If the error remains, contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor.

500001160000 Operating software error: … is out of date. Please replace in time

Replace.

500001170000 Operating software error: … is out of date. Please replace in time

500001180000 Operating software error: Calibration interval of … is out. Please re-calibrate in time

Replace.

Rerun the calibration.

500001620000 Operating software error: %s is out of date. Please replace

500001630000 Operating software error: Lot No. of %s is changed.

Please calibrate again

500001640000 Operating software error: %s exceeds rated work hours. Please replace

Replace.

Recalibrate.

Replace.

500001650000 Operating software error: %s exceeds rated test times. Please replace

Replace.

500001660000 Operating software error: %s has no installation information. Please update

Update.

6-52 6 Troubleshooting

7

Caculation Methods

7.1 Reaction Types

The system provides three reaction types for measurement.

7.1.1 Endpoint

The endpoint or, more correctly, equilibrium method, is most ideal. The reaction reaches equilibrium after a period of time. Since the equilibrium constant is very large, it can be considered that all substrates (analytes) have changed into products, and absorbance of the reaction liquid does not change any more. The absorbance change is directly proportional to the analytes concentration.

Figure 7-1 Single-reagent Endpoint Reaction Curve

A t1 t2 t3 t

As shown in Figure 7-1,

t

1

is the time when the reagent is added, and

t

2

is the time when the sample is added. The reaction starts when they are mixed. At

t

3

the reaction reaches equilibrium and the absorbance reading is taken. The reaction period is

t

2

to

t

3

.

7 Calculation Methods 7-1

Figure 7-2 Double-reagent Endpoint Reaction Curve

A t1 t2 t3 t4 t

As shown in Figure 7-2,

t

1

is the time when the first reagent is added, and

t

2

is the time when the sample is added, incubation starts when they are mixed.

t

3

is the time when the second reagent is added, then the reaction starts when they are mixed. At

t

4 the reaction reaches equilibrium and the absorbance reading is taken.

t

2

to

t

3

is the incubation period and

t

3

to

t

4

is the reaction period.

The endpoint reaction is largely insensitive to minor changes in such condition changes as amount of enzyme, pH and temperature, provided the changes are not significant enough to affect the reaction time.

7.1.2 Fixed-Time

For the fixed-time reaction method (namely, first-order kinetic method or initial rate method), the reaction velocity (v), within a specific period, is directly proportional to the substrate concentration [S], namely, v=k[S]. As the substrate is consumed continuously, the reaction velocity becomes smaller and smaller, and so does the change rate of the absorbance. It takes much time for such a reaction to reach equilibrium. Theoretically, the absorbance reading can be taken at any time. The reaction can, however, become steady only after a delay because it is complicated at the beginning and there are miscellaneous reactions due to the complex serum compositions. For any first order reaction, the substrate concentration [S] at a given time after the start of the reaction is given by the following:

[ ] [ ]

×

e

−

kt

Where,

[S

0

] - initial substrate concentration, e

- base of the natural log, k - rate constant.

The change in substrate concentration Δ[S] over a fixed-time interval,

t

1

to

t

2

, is related to [S

0

] by the following equation:

[

S

0

]

=

−

e

−

kt

1

Δ

[

−

S e

−

]

kt

2

That is, within a fixed time interval, the change in substrate concentration is directly proportional to its initial concentration. This is the general property of first order reactions. Within this interval, absorbance change is directly proportional to the analytes concentration.

7-2 7 Calculation Methods

Figure 7-3 Single-reagent Fixed-time Reaction Curve

A t1 t2 t3 t4 t

As shown in Figure 7-3,

t

1

is the time when the reagent is added and

t

2

is the time when the sample is added. The reaction starts when they are mixed. From

t

3 the reaction becomes steady and

t

4

is the time to stop monitoring the reaction. to

t

3

is the lag period, and the absorbance readings are respectively taken at

t

2

t

3 and

t

4

.

Figure 7-4 Double-reagent Fixed-time Reaction Curve

A t1 t2 t3 t4 t5 t

As shown in Figure 7-4,

t

1

is the time when the first reagent is added, and

t

2

is the time when the sample is added, and then the mixture absorbance reading is taken after they are mixed.

t

3

is the time when the second reagent is added, then the reaction starts when they are mixed. At

t

4 the reaction reaches equilibrium, and

t

5

is the time to stop monitoring the reaction.

t

2

to

t

3

is the incubation period, and

t

3

to

t

4

is the delay period. The absorbance readings are respectively taken at

t

4

and

t

5

.

The fixed-time reaction is demanding more technically than the equilibrium method.

Because reaction rate is measured at two different points, all the factors that affect reaction rate, such pH, temperature, and amount of enzyme, must be kept constant from one assay to the next, as must the timing of the two measurements. A reference solution of the substrate must be used for calibration.

7.1.3 Kinetic

For the kinetic method (namely, zero-order kinetic or continuous-monitoring method), the reaction velocity is not related to the substrate concentration and remains constant in the reaction process. As a result, for a given wavelength, the absorbance of the analytes changes evenly, and the change rate (

ΔA/min) is directly proportional to the activity or concentration of the substrate. The kinetic method is usually used to measure enzyme activity.

7 Calculation Methods 7-3

In fact, it is impossible for the substrate concentration to be high enough, and the reaction will be no longer a zero-order reaction when the substrate is consumed to a certain degree. Therefore, the theory only stands within certain period. In addition, the reaction can become steady only after a certain period of time, because the reaction is complicated at the beginning and there are miscellaneous reactions due to the complex serum compositions.

Figure 7-5 Single-reagent Kinetic Reaction Curve

A t1 t2 t3 tn t

As shown in Figure 7-5,

t

1

is the time when the reagent is added,

t

2

is the time when the sample is added and the reaction starts when they are mixed. From

t

3 the reaction becomes steady.

t n

is the time to stop monitoring the reaction.

t

2

to

t

3

is the delay period, and

t

3 absorbance readings are taken.

to

t n

is the monitoring period, during which the

Figure 7-6 Double-reagent Kinetic Reaction Curve

A t1 t2 t3 t4 tn t

As shown in Figure 7-6,

t

1

is the time when the first reagent is added, and

t

2

is the time when the sample is added, and then they are mixed.

t

3

is the time when the second reagent is added, then the reaction starts when they are mixed. At

t

4 the reaction reaches equilibrium, and

t n

is the time to stop monitoring the reaction.

t

3 to

t

4

is the delay period, and absorbance readings are taken.

t

4

to

t

is the monitoring period, during which the

n

7.2 Calculation Process

The system adopts such a measurement and calculation flow as shown in Figure

7-7.

7-4 7 Calculation Methods

Figure 7-7 Calculation Process

AD Value

Absorbance

Response

Calibration Parameter

Test Result QC Result

QC Conclusion

7.2.1 Calculating Absorbance

The system measures the light intensity through photoelectric conversion, linear amplification and AD conversion. For the light intensity signal

I i

of Channel i, the

AD output

D i

is:

D i

=

K pe

⋅

K a

⋅

K ad

⋅

I i

Where,

K

- photoelectric conversion factor

pe

K

- linear amplification factor

a

K

- AD conversion factor

ad

D

- test data of Channel i

i

I i

- light intensity of Channel i

So,

A i

= lg

I

I i

=

i

0 lg

D i

0

D i

Where,

A i

- absorbance of Channel I,

D i

0

- background AD output,

D i

- AD output after the substrate is added.

In theory, when the lights are off, the AD output of each channel will be zero. In practice, because of the existence of dark current, there is still a background output

7 Calculation Methods 7-5

D ibackgroun d

should be:

, which should be deducted. Then, the complete absorbance formula

A i

= lg

D i

0

D i

−

D ibackgroun d

−

D ibackgroun d

7.2.2 Calculating Response

For the system, the response (R) is defined as the absorbance change before and after the reaction, or the absorbance change rate during the reaction process.

The formula for calculating the response (R) is closely related to the analytical method (kinetic, fixed-time and endpoint), the number of reagents (single or double), and the number of wavelengths (single or double). They are respectively detailed in the following sections.

7.2.2.1 Calculating Response with Endpoint Method

Single-reagent and single-wavelength

R

=

R s

－

R

SB

R

and

s

R

are calculated through

SB

R

=

A t

3

−

A t

2

−1

×

V

V

+

S

.

Where,

R

- original response

s

R

response of sample blank. If no sample blank is required,

SB

R

＝

0.

SB

A t

3

- absorbance at

t

3

A t

2

−

1

- absorbance at previous point of

t

2

V

V

+

S

- single-reagent volume calibration factor

Double-reagent and single-wavelength

R

=

R s

－

R b

R

and

s

R

are calculated through

b

R

=

A t

4

−

A t

3

−

n

×

V

1

V

1

+

S

+

S

+

V

2

.

Where,

R s

- original response

7-6 7 Calculation Methods

R

- double-reagent blank response.

b

blank.

R

is the response of the latest reagent

b

A t

4

- absorbance at

t

4

A t

3

−

n

- absorbance at

t

3

−

n

,

−

n

is the starting value of the reaction time

V

1

V

1

+

S

+

S

+

V

2

- double-reagent volume calibration factor

Double-wavelength (for both single-reagent and double-reagent)

The calculation method is similar to that for single-wavelength reaction, except that in every measurement period the absorbance is the difference between primary wavelength absorbance and secondary wavelength absorbance.

7.2.2.2 Calculating Response of Fixed-time Reaction

Single-wavelength (for both single-reagent and double-reagent)

R

=

R s

－

R b

R

and

s

R

are calculated through

b

R

=

A t m t m

−

A t k

−

t k

.

Where,

R s

- original response

R

- reagent blank response.

b

R

will be the response of the latest reagent blank.

b

If no reagent blank has been required,

R

＝

0

b t l

- start time for absorbance reading

t

- end time for absorbance reading

m

Double-wavelength (for both single-reagent and double-reagent)

The calculation method is similar to that for single-wavelength reaction, except for every measurement period, the absorbance is the difference between primary wavelength absorbance and secondary wavelength absorbance.

7.2.2.3 Calculating Response of Kinetic Reaction

Single-wavelength (for both single-reagent and double-reagent)

R

=

R s

－

R b

7 Calculation Methods 7-7

R

and

s

R

are calculated through the method of least squares.

b

Where,

R

- original response

s

R

- reagent blank response.

b

R

will be the response of the latest reagent blank.

b

If no reagent blank has been required,

R

＝

0

b

Formula with the method of least squares:

R

=

i

M

∑

=

I

(

T i

−

T

)

⋅

(

A i

M

∑

i

=

I

(

T i

−

T

)

2

−

A

)

Where, I - high limit of linear range, M - low limit of linear range, A

i

- absorbance at i,

A

- average absorbance between I and M, Ti - time at I, average time between I and M

T

-

Double-wavelength (for both single-reagent and double-reagent)

The calculation method is similar to that for single-wavelength reaction, except for every measurement period, the absorbance is the difference between primary wavelength absorbance and secondary wavelength absorbance.

7.2.3 Calculating Calibration Parameters

„

„

„

The system provides two calibration methods: linear calibration and nonlinear calibration. Linear calibration includes one-point linear calibration, two-point linear calibration and multi-point linear calibration. They are mainly used for tests determined by colorimetry. Nonlinear calibration includes Logit-Log 4P, Logit-Log 5P,

Exponential 5P, Polynomial 5P, Parabola and Spline. They are mainly used for tests determined by turbidity.

In this section,

R

C

- calibrator response

- calibrator concentration (activity)

K

,

R

0

,

a

,

b

,

c

- calibration parameters

7.2.3.1 Calculating Linear Calibration Parameters

One-point linear calibration

Calibration formula:

R

=

aC

This calibration method adopts only one calibration parameter

a

,

a

=

R

.

C

This calibration method requires only one calibrator.

7-8 7 Calculation Methods

Two-point linear calibration

Calibration formula:

R

=

aC

+

b

.

This calibration method adopts two calibration parameters:

a

=

R

C

2

2

−

−

R

C

1

1

,

b

=

R

1

−

（

R

C

2

2

−

−

R

C

1

1

）

C

1

.

a

and

b

, where,

This calibration method requires two calibrators.

C

1

and

C

2

are respectively the concentrations of calibrator 1 and calibrator 2. responses of calibrator 1 and calibrator 2.

R

1

and

R

2

are respectively the

Multi-point linear calibration

Calibration formula:

R

=

aC

+

b

.

This calibration method adopts two calibration parameters:

a

and

b

.

This calibration method requires n (n

≥3) calibrators.

C

is the concentration of

i

calibrator

i

.

R

is the response of calibrator

i

.

a

and

b

can be obtained

i

through the method of least squares.

a

=

i n

∑

=

1

C i

R i

−

i n

∑

=

1

C i

2

(

i n

∑

=

1

C i

)(

n

∑

i

=

1

R i

) /

n

−

(

i n

∑

=

1

C i

)

2

/

n b

=

(

i n

∑

=

1

R i

) /

n

−

[

i n

∑

=

1

C i

R i n

∑

i

=

1

C i

2

−

(

n

∑

i

=

1

C i

)(

i n

∑

=

1

R i

) /

−

(

i n

∑

=

1

C i

)

2

/

n n

](

i n

∑

=

1

C i

) /

n

7.2.3.2 Calculating Nonlinear Calibration Parameters

Logistic-Log 4P

Calibration formula:

R

=

R

0

+

K

1

+

1 exp[

−

(

a

+

b

ln

C

)]

This calibration method adopts four parameters:

R

0

,

K

,

a

and

b

.

This calibration method requires at least four calibrators. The concentration (or activity) of calibrator 1 is 0, and the corresponding

R

is equal to smaller and smaller with the concentration increase. See Figure 7-8.

R

0

.This calibration method is applied to the calibration curve that the response becomes

7 Calculation Methods 7-9

Figure 7-8 Logit-Log 4P calibration curve

R

C1 C2 C3 C4

C

Logistic-Log 5P

Calibration formula:

R

=

R

0

+

K

1

+ exp[

−

(

a

1

+

b

ln

C

+

cC

)]

This calibration method adopts five parameters:

R

0

,

K

,

a

,

b

and

c

.

This calibration method requires at least five calibrators. The concentration (or activity) of calibrator 1 is 0, and the corresponding method has a higher fitting.

R

is equal to

R

0.

The applications of the calibration method are the same with that of Logit-Log 4P, but this

Exponential 5P

Calibration formula:

R

=

R

0

+

K

exp[

a

ln

C

+

b

(ln

C

)

2 +

c

(ln

C

)

3

]

This calibration method adopts five parameters:

R

0

,

K

,

a

,

b

and

c

.

This calibration method requires at least five calibrators. The concentration (or activity) of calibrator 1 is 0, and the corresponding

R

is equal to

R

0

0.

This calibration method is applied to the calibration curve that the response increases sharply when the concentration reaches a specific value. See Figure 7-9.

Figure 7-9 Exponential 5p calibration curve

R

7-10

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5

C

Polynomial 5P

Calibration formula: ln

C

=

a

+

b

(

R

−

R

100

0

)

+

c

(

R

−

R

0

100

)

2

+

d

(

R

−

R

0

100

)

3

This calibration method adopts five parameters:

R

0

,

a

,

b

,

c

and

d

.

7 Calculation Methods

This calibration method requires at least five calibrators. The concentration (or activity) of calibrator 1 is 0, and the corresponding

R

is equal to

R

0

.

Parabola

Calibration formula:

R

=

aC

2 +

bC

+

c

This calibration method adopts three parameters:

a

,

b

and

c

.

This calibration method requires at least three calibrators. The calibration parameters can be calculated through the method of polynomial least squares.

Spline

Calibration formula:

R

=

R

0

i

+

a i

(

C

−

C i

)

+

b i

(

C

−

C i

)

2

+

c i

(

C

−

C i

)

3

This calibration method requires 2 to 6 calibrators. The number of calibrators is set to be n, so the calibration method has 4(n-1) parameters in total:

R

0

i

,

a i

,

b i

and

c

i

.

7.2.4 Calculating Concentration

7.2.4.1 Calculating Concentration of Linearly Calibrated

Sample/control

One-point linear calibration

C

=

R a

Where,

a

- calibration parameter

Two-point linear calibration

C

=

R

−

b a

Where,

a

,

b

- calibration parameters

Multi-point linear calibration

C

=

R

−

b a

Where,

7 Calculation Methods 7-11

a

,

b

- calibration parameters

7.2.4.2 Calculating Concentration of Nonlinearly Calibrated

Sample/control

Logistic-Log 4P

C

=

EXP

(

−

a

− ln(

R

K

−

R

0

b

−

1 )

)

Where,

R

0

,

K

,

a

,

b

- calibration parameters

Logistic-Log 5P

The positive real root is obtained with the dichotomy method.

Exponential5P

The positive real root is obtained with the dichotomy method.

Polynomial5P

C

= exp(

a

+

b

(

R

−

R

100

0

)

+

c

(

R

−

R

0

100

)

2 +

d

(

R

−

R

0

100

)

3

)

Where,

R

0

,

a

,

b

,

c

,

d

- calibration parameters

Parabola

The positive real root of the following linear quadratic equation is obtained:

aC

2

+

bC

+

c

−

R

=

0

Spline

Spline defines several calculation sections based on the responses of calibration concentrations. Each section differs in specific parameters. Therefore, the section to which the current response belongs should be confirmed before Spline calculation.

The parameters of relevant section shall be used to obtain a positive real root with the dichotomy method.

7-12 7 Calculation Methods

7.2.5 QC Rule

7.3 Westgard Multi-rule

Westgard multi-rule is shown below.

Symbol Explanation

1

2S

One control value exceeds ±2 standard deviations.

Warning

1

3S

One control value exceeds ±3 standard deviations.

Out-of-control (random error, systematic error)

2

2S

R

4

4S

1S

Two consecutive control values for one level exceed ±2 standard deviations.

Out-of-control

(systematic error)

The difference between two Out-of-control (random consecutive control values exceeds 4 standard deviations. error)

Four consecutive control values for one level exceed ±1 standard deviation.

Out-of-control

(systematic error)

10

X

Ten consecutive control values for one level lie on one side of the mean.

Out-of-control

(systematic error)

Westgard multi-rule QC conclusion flow for single control is shown in Figure 7-10.

Figure 7-10 Westgard Multi-rule QC Conclusion Flow

For several controls, the conclusion logic is similar to the above condition, except for multiple continuous QC data, which should be combined simultaneously.

7 Calculation Methods 7-13

7.3.1.1 Cumulative Sum Check

Regarding different requirements to the QC result, cumulative sum check usually adopts three controlling methods, which are mainly used to monitor the systematic error of the testing methods. Where,

x

- average value, SD - standard deviation.

Controlling Methods

CS-(1.0SD: 2.7SD)

CS-(1.0SD: 3.0SD)

CS-(0.5SD: 5.1SD)

Threshold (k)

x

±1.0SD

x

±1.0SD

x

±0.5SD

Limit(h)

±2.7SD

±3.0SD

±5.1SD

7.3.1.2 Twin-plot

In the system, Twin-plot, which has no detailed rules, is present only as a whole chart to help you make a QC conclusion.

Figure 7-11 Twin-plot

+3SD

+2SD

Χ

-2SD

-3SD

-3SD -2SD

Y

+2SD +3SD

The chart can sensitively indicate the systematic errors and random errors.

7.4 Calculation Method of ISE Unit (optional)

An ion selective electrode develops a voltage that varies with the concentration of the ion to which it responds. The relationship between the voltage developed and the concentration of the sensed ion is logarithmic, as expressed by the Nernst equation:

Ex = Es + RT/nF log (µ C)

Where,

Ex - the potential of the electrode in sample solution

Es - the potential developed under standard conditions

RT/nF - a temperature dependent “constant”, termed the slope(s)

Log - base ten logarithm function

7-14 7 Calculation Methods

µ - activity coefficient of the measured ion in the solution

C - concentration of the measured ion in the solution

The calculation process of the concentration of the ion in the sample is as the following steps.

„

The module measures the potential of the calibrant A and calibrant B and calculates the slope S of the electrode with the formula below.

S

=

E

A log

−

E

C

A

B

C

B where,

S – the slope of the electrode

E

A

– the potential of calibrant A

E

B

– the potential of calibrant B

C

A

– the concentration of calibrant A

C

B

– the concentration of calibrant B

„ The module calculates the concentration of the ion in the sample with the formula below.

C

X

=

C

A

×

10

E

X

−

S

E

A

Where,

C x

– the concentration of the ion in the sample

E x

– the potential of the sample

C

A

– the concentration of calibrant A

E

A

– the potential of calibrant A

S – the slope of the electrode

7 Calculation Methods 7-15

7-16 7 Calculation Methods

Appendix A System Specifications

A.1 Technical Specifications

„ Throughput: Maximum of 100 tests/hour

„ Number of simultaneous measurements: 13 double-reagent tests or 26 single-reagent tests

„ Analytical methods: Endpoint, Fixed-time and Kinetic. All of the three methods support double reagent and double wavelength

„ Sample/reagent disk: 8 sample tube positions and 28 reagent bottle positions; a refrigerator is provided to keep the temperature at 4-15 centigrade

„ Sample volume: 3μl-45μl with increment of 0.5μl.

„ Reagent volume: 30μl-450μl with increment of 1μl.

„ STAT samples: Emergent samples can be analyzed at any time with highest priority.

„ Probe: Capable of detecting liquid level and obstructions, and tracking liquid level

„ Washing system: The probe and mixing bar can be washed automatically.

„ Auto dilute and rerun

„ Mixing bar: For single-reagent tests, it functions immediately after sample dispensing; for double-reagent tests, it functions immediately after dispensing of the second reagent

„ Reaction disk: 40 reaction cuvettes

„ Reaction temperature: 37℃

„ Reaction cuvettes: 5mm×6mm×30mm; 5mm optical path; disposable; 900μl

„ Reaction volume: 180-500μl

„ Photometric system: Interference filters of 8 wavelengths; forward optics

„ Light source: Tungsten-halogen lamp; 12V, 20VA

„

Wavelength: 340nm, 405nm, 450nm, 510nm, 546nm, 578nm, 630nm and

670nm

„ Measuring period: 36 seconds

„

Interval between two absorbance readings: 18 seconds

„ Water ≤2.5L/h

„ Maximum reaction time: 10 minutes

„ Noise:

„ Fuse: T1.6A

250VAC T2A

250VAC T6.3A

250VAC T10A

Appendix A System Specifications A-1

A.2 Power Requirements

„ Power supply: 100-130V/200-240V~, 50/60Hz, three-wire power cord and properly grounded.

„ Power consumption: 350VA

A.3 EMC

The equipment complies with the emission and immunity requirement description in this part of the IEC 61326-1:2005/EN 61326-1:2006 and IEC 61326-2-6:2005/EN

61326-2-6:2006.

A.4 Environmental Requirements

Work:

„ Temperature:

„ Humidity:

„

Atmospheric pressure: 80.0kPa – 106.0kPa

„ Above-sea-level height: -1,300feet - 6,500 feet

-400m - 2,000m

Storage:

„ Temperature:

„ Humidity:

„

Atmospheric pressure: 50.0kPa – 106.0kPa

„ Above-sea-level height: -1,300feet – 18,000 feet

-400m – 5,500m

A.5 Dimension and Weight

„ Dimension: 690mm ×570mm ×595mm(W×D×H)

„ Weight:

A.6 Input/Output Devices

„ PC

„

Hand-held bar code reader(optional)

„ PC

„ Printer

„ Display

A.7 Communication Interface

„ Interface between Analyzing Unit and Operation Unit: RS-232

A-2 Appendix A System Specifications

Appendix B Supplies

To ensure personal safety and system performance, use supplies manufactured or recommended by our company only. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor for details.

Description P/N

Light source assembly BA10-30-77781

Syringe gasket

Probe assembly

Location Comments

Lamp housing Replacing part

Replace it when

1) It serves for over 1000h; or

2) The system prompts.

Plunger assembly of syringe

BA30-20-06651 Syringe Replacing

Replace it when

1) It serves for 3 months;

2) It runs for

100,000 times; or

3) It is seriously damaged.

0040-10-32303 Connection part between

Replacing part

Replace it when the syringe and the Tee the syringe is disassembled for

2 - 3 times.

BA31-30-56790

Probe arm Replacing part

Replace it when

Probe gasket

Filter assembly

0040-10-32307 Probe

BA31-30-41412 Deionzed water tank

1) It serves for 1 year; or

2) It is damaged or bent.

Replacing part

Replace it when

1) The probe is disassembled for

2 - 3 times; or

2) The probe is replaced with a new one.

Replacing part

Replace it every 6 months

Appendix B Supplies B-1

B-2

Description

Mixing bar

P/N

BA31-20-41651

Location Comments

Mixing bar arm Replacing part

Replace it when it is damaged.

Reaction cuvette

20ml reagent bottle

BA10-20-77751 Reaction Consumable

BA31-20-41376 Reagent Consumable

40ml reagent bottle BA31-20-41377 Reagent Consumable

Cap of reagent bottle BA31-20-41536 Reagent Consumable

Consumable

Consumable

A4 copy paper

K+ electrode (optional)

0150-10-00381 Printer

BA34-10-63641 ISE unit

(optional)

Na+ electrode

(optional)

BA34-10-63642

Cl- electrode (optional) BA34-10-63639

Li+ electrode

(optional)

BA34-10-63644

ISE unit

(optional)

ISE unit

(optional)

ISE unit

(optional)

Reference electrode

(optional)

BA34-10-63640 ISE unit

(optional)

Consumable

Consumable

Consumable

Consumable

Spacer electrode

(optional)

Cleaning Solution Kit

BA34-10-63643

BA34-10-63645

(optional)

Reagent Module

(optional)

BA34-10-63673

Urine Dilution

(optional)

ISE control

BA34-10-63671

BA34-10-63669

ISE unit

(optional)

ISE unit

(optional)

ISE unit

(optional)

ISE unit

(optional)

ISE unit

(optional)

Consumable

Consumable

Consumable

Consumable

Consumable

Appendix B Supplies

Appendix C Index

A

absorbance ..........................7-2, 7-3

Absorbance.......................4-27, 7-5

Acid wash solution .............3-3, 5-2

Air bubble ........................5-7, 5-27

Alignment.....................4-128, 5-27

Alkaline wash solution .......3-3, 5-2

Altitude height ........................... 2-2 analyzing unit 2-4, 6-27, 6-29, 6-31,

6-33, 6-35, 6-38, 6-45

Analyzing unit .1-1, 5-15, 5-33, A-2

B

Background..... 3-6, 4-2, 4-11, 4-36,

4-40, 4-119, 7-5

Bidirectional ...............4-108, 4-109

Biohazard waste disposal6, 5-3, 5-5,

5-9, 5-12, 5-13, 5-14, 5-15, 5-16,

5-20, 5-23, 5-27

Blank response....................7-7, 7-8

Blood type ................................. 4-6

C

calibration............. 6-48, 6-49, 6-52

Calibration1-8, 3-6, 3-7, 4-19, 4-23,

4-24, 4-27, 4-28, 4-39, 4-40,

4-41, 4-43, 4-44, 4-45, 4-46,

4-48, 4-50, 4-81, 4-84, 4-87,

4-89, 4-101, 6-49, 6-52, 7-8, 7-9,

7-10, 7-11

Calibration curve . 4-43, 4-44, 4-45,

4-88, 6-49, 7-9, 7-10

Calibration data .... 4-44, 4-48, 4-50

Appendix C Index

Calibration parameter.... 4-24, 4-43,

4-44, 4-48, 4-49, 4-50, 4-84,

4-88, 6-49, 7-8, 7-9, 7-11, 7-12

Calibration parameters .... 4-50, 7-8,

7-9

Calibration reaction curve .......4-43,

4-46

Calibration rule ........................4-87 calibrator ............... 4-53, 6-48, 6-49

Calibrator ....4-41, 4-46, 4-50, 4-51,

4-52, 4-102

Carryover ....................... 4-98, 4-99

Centrifugal tube......................... 1-3

Characteristic ..............................10

Charges .......................... 4-79, 4-80

Chemistry analyzer ... I, 1, 4, 7, 1-1,

1-8

Concentration level ..................4-55

Continuous-monitoring method 7-3 control ......................................6-49

Control4-11, 4-56, 4-59, 4-61, 4-62,

4-63 control software........................6-42

Control software... 6-42, 6-43, 6-44,

6-45, 6-46, 6-47, 6-50, 6-52

Cotton swab ............ 5-2, 5-15, 5-16

Cross-headed screwdriver ......... 5-2

Cumulative sum check .. 4-56, 4-59,

7-14

Cuvette .....................................6-46

D

Daily ..3-7, 4-55, 4-56, 4-58, 4-118,

4-119, 4-128, 5-3, 5-33

C-1

C-2

Daily QC........ 3-7, 4-55, 4-56, 4-58

Day to day ..... 3-7, 4-58, 4-59, 4-61 deionized water......... 2-4, 5-3, 6-50

Deionized water2-4, 3-3, 3-4, 4-119,

4-132, 5-3, 5-4, 5-10, 5-12, 5-13,

5-22, 5-26, 5-27 deionized water tank. 2-4, 5-3, 6-50 dialog box ........... 4-53, 4-54, 4-127

Dictionary........4-100, 4-109, 4-110

Dilution ratio ......................... 4-101

Distilled water . 3-3, 4-3, 4-69, 5-14

Double-reagent .... 7-2, 7-3, 7-4, 7-6

E

Electromagnetic noise................... 8

Endpoint4-82, 4-83, 4-102, 7-1, 7-2,

7-6, A-1

Equilibrium..... 5-27, 5-28, 7-1, 7-2,

7-3, 7-4

Error logs.........4-123, 4-124, 4-125

Ethanol......................6, 9, 5-2, 5-29

Expiration date......................... 4-39

F

first reagent.........................7-2, 7-4

Fixed-time. 4-82, 4-83, 4-84, 4-102,

7-3, 7-7, A-1

Forward optics .......................... A-1

G

Gasket.. 5-20, 5-21, 5-25, 5-26, B-1

H

Hemolysis .............................. 9, 4-5

Hex wrench................................ 5-2

High limit ... 4-27, 4-78, 4-84, 4-88,

4-102, 7-8

Hydrochloric acid ....... 1-3, 3-3, 5-2

Appendix C Index

I

Icterus........................................ 4-5 incubation.................................. 7-2

Incubation ................................4-28

J

Javel water ................................ 1-3

K

kinetic................................. 7-2, 7-3

Kinetic4-82, 4-83, 4-84, 4-102, 7-3,

7-4, 7-7, A-1

L

lamp ...................... 6-24, 6-36, 6-47

Lamp ..... 5, 4-129, 4-133, 5-28, B-1

Light source ..............................A-1 linear ........................................6-48

Linearity...................................6-48

Linearity limit ........................4-102

Linearity range ............. 4-27, 4-102

Lipemia ..................................... 4-5

LIS host4-9, 4-20, 4-34, 4-57, 4-60,

4-108, 4-109, 6-4

Lot No. .................. 4-39, 4-51, 4-62

Low limit.....4-27, 4-78, 4-84, 4-88,

7-8 lower limit................................6-48

M

Measurement range ..................4-28 mixing bar ............. 6-27, 6-28, 6-37

Mixing bar.... 6-27, 6-28, 6-37, A-1,

B-2

Mixing position .............. 1-6, 4-131

MRN ................................ 4-6, 4-21

O

off-system test ..........................4-23

Off-system test4-2, 4-19, 4-22, 4-23

Operating procedure .................. 3-2

Operating software .............3-4, 3-8

Operating temperature ............... 2-2 operation unit..................6-42, 6-52

Operation unit.................... 1-8, A-2

Operator area........................... 1-8

Optical path ............ 1-6, 4-119, A-1

Output unit................................. 1-8

P

Package insert............................. 10

Password.....3-4, 4-37, 4-113, 4-114

Patient report ......4-22, 4-96, 4-116,

4-117

Photometric System................... 1-1

Plasma ................................4-3, 4-5

Plunger button ......................... 5-27

Plunger guide cap .............5-7, 5-27

Plunger tip ......................5-26, 5-27

Power..................................2-4, 5-3

Power consumption .................. A-2

Power socket.......................2-2, 3-3

Primary wavelength............7-7, 7-8 probe.. 6-29, 6-30, 6-31, 6-32, 6-33,

6-34, 6-35, 6-36, 6-37, 6-38,

6-39

Probe...............................6-29, 6-33

Probe arm ... 1-4, 4-129, 5-10, 5-11,

5-15, 5-19, 5-20, 5-21, 5-22

Probe tip ....3-6, 5-5, 5-7, 5-9, 5-12,

5-14, 5-15, 5-18, 5-20, 5-21,

5-22, 5-23, 5-25

Profile ...................................... 4-93

Prozone check.................4-27, 4-84

Appendix C Index

Q

QC8, 1-8, 3-6, 3-7, 4-10, 4-11, 4-54,

4-55, 4-56, 4-57, 4-58, 4-59,

4-60, 4-61, 4-81, 4-90, 4-91,

4-92, 4-101, 4-103, 6-49, 6-50,

7-13, 7-14

QC reaction curve 4-57, 4-58, 4-60,

4-61

QC rule.................. 4-81, 4-91, 4-92

Qualitative................................4-97

Quantitative..............................4-97

R

reaction curve...........................6-48

Reaction curve...... 4-20, 4-28, 4-29,

4-31, 4-43, 4-49, 4-57, 4-60,

4-61, 4-73, 7-1, 7-2, 7-3, 7-4

Reaction cuvette..1-4, 1-5, 1-6, 2-9,

A-1 reaction disk 6-24, 6-30, 6-31, 6-32,

6-34, 6-35, 6-36, 6-46

Reaction disk.......1-1, 1-5, 1-6, 2-8,

4-72, 4-130, 4-131, 4-132, 4-134,

6-22, 6-28, B-2

Reaction liquid .....1-5, 1-6, 6-3, 7-1

Reaction temperature ................A-1

Reaction volume .......................A-1 reagent blank............................6-48

Reagent blank3-6, 4-44, 4-46, 4-47,

4-48, 6-48

Reagent compartment ..... 2-6, 5-10,

5-19 reagent disk ........... 6-33, 6-34, 6-35

Reagent disk....3, 1-2, 1-3, 2-5, 2-6,

4-13, 4-68, 4-69, 4-71, 4-131,

4-132, 4-134, 6-36

Reagent inventory ..................... 3-6

Reagent probe ....................3, 4-131

Real-time................ 3-7, 4-54, 4-55

Real-time QC .......... 3-7, 4-54, 4-55

Reference range........................4-33

C-3

C-4

Refrigerator................. 1-3, 1-4, 3-9

Relative humidity ...................... 2-3

Replicate.................................. 4-28 re-run .................... 6-47, 6-48, 6-49

Re-run................... 6-48, 6-49, 6-52 response ...... 6-22, 6-23, 6-25, 6-26,

6-29, 6-32, 6-39, 6-40, 6-41,

6-42

Response... 4-28, 4-84, 4-88, 4-102,

4-109, 7-6, 7-7, 7-8, 7-9, 7-10,

7-12

S

Safety symbols.............................. 1

Sample blank ........................... 6-48 sample disk .. 6-29, 6-30, 6-31, 6-37

Sample disk 3, 4-2, 4-8, 4-13, 4-66,

4-67, 4-131, 4-132, 4-134, 6-29,

6-30, 6-32

Sample ID...... 4-5, 4-21, 4-23, 4-33

Sample probe ..................... 3, 4-130

Sample type ....................4-22, 4-86

Sample volume .... 4-3, 4-83, 4-101,

4-103

Sampling................................ 4-101

Scroll bar ................................. 1-11 second reagent ..................4-83, 7-2

Secondary wavelength........7-7, 7-8

Sender...............................4-5, 4-77

Sensitivity................................ 4-88 serum ......................................... 7-2

Serum..................................4-3, 4-5

Shortcut buttons area .............. 1-8

Single-reagent...... 7-1, 7-3, 7-4, 7-6

Slider ....................................... 1-12

Slope.................................4-88, 6-4

Small buttons area ................... 1-8

Appendix C Index

Stat sample .........................3-7, A-1

Statistics 1-8, 4-73, 4-74, 4-77, 4-79

Substrate 4-84, 4-102, 7-2, 7-3, 7-4,

7-5

Substrate depleted ..................4-102 syringe6-29, 6-30, 6-33, 6-34, 6-37,

6-38, 6-39

Syringe .................. 6-30, 6-34, 6-38

System status area ................... 1-8

T

temperature .6-25, 6-26, 6-36, 6-37,

6-47

Test No. .......................... 4-95, 4-97

Test order ...............................4-101

Tester................................ 4-5, 4-77

Throughput................................A-1

T-piece....................................... 5-6 tube............................................ 5-3

Tungsten-halogen lamp .............A-1

Turbidity.................................... 7-8

Tweezers ................................... 5-2

U

upper limit................................6-48

Urine .................................. 4-3, 4-5

User information .........4-114, 4-115

Username ................ 3-4, 4-36, 4-37

W

Warning messages area ...... 1-9, 6-1

Wash solution.........................5, 5-2

Washing position....................4-131 waste tank.................................6-50

Westgard multi-rule....... 4-54, 4-55,

4-59, 4-91, 7-13

Working page area .................. 1-8

Workload .............. 4-76, 4-77, 4-78

Z

Zero-order reaction ................... 7-4

Appendix C Index C-5

C-6 Appendix C Index

P/N: BA10-20-84256 (7.0)